DEVICE, METHOD, AND GRAPHICAL USER INTERFACE FOR NAVIGATING AND INPUTING OR MODIFYING CONTENT - Patent application

Abstract

In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls scrollable content in response to various user inputs. In some embodiments, the computer system enters text into a text entry field in response to voice input. In some embodiments, the computer system facilitates interaction with a soft keyboard. In some embodiments, the computer system facilitates interaction with a cursor. In some embodiments, the computer system facilitates deletion of text. In some embodiments, the computer system facilitates interaction with a hardware input device.

Description

[Technical field]

[0001] CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63 / 266,357, filed January 3, 2022, U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63 / 337,539, filed May 2, 2022, and U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 63 / 377,025, filed September 24, 2022, the contents of which are incorporated by reference in their entireties herein for all purposes.

[0002] The present disclosure relates generally to computer systems that provide computer-generated experiences, including, but not limited to, electronic devices that provide real and mixed reality experiences via display generation components. [Background technology]

[0003] The development of computer systems for augmented reality has progressed significantly in recent years. Exemplary extended reality environments include at least some virtual elements that replace or augment the physical world. Input devices such as cameras, controllers, joysticks, touch-sensitive surfaces, and touch screen displays for computer systems and other electronic computing devices are used to interact with the virtual / extended reality environment. Exemplary virtual elements include virtual objects such as digital images, videos, text, icons, and control elements such as buttons and other graphics. Summary of the Invention

[0004] Some methods and interfaces for navigating and editing content are cumbersome, inefficient, and limited. For example, systems for scrolling content, adding and editing text, and performing actions with a cursor are complex, tedious, and error-prone, creating significant cognitive burdens for users and detracting from the experience of using a virtual / augmented reality environment. In addition, the methods take longer than necessary, thereby wasting the energy of the computer system. This latter consideration is particularly important in battery-operated devices.

[0005] Thus, there is a need for a computer system having improved methods and interfaces for scrolling, creating, editing, and navigating content that are more efficient and intuitive for users. Such methods and interfaces, optionally complementing or replacing conventional methods for performing such operations. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and / or type of inputs from a user by helping the user understand the connection between the inputs provided and the device responses to those inputs, thereby producing a more efficient human-machine interface.

[0006] The above disadvantages and other problems associated with user interfaces of computer systems are reduced or eliminated by the disclosed system. In some embodiments, the computer system is a desktop computer with an associated display. In some embodiments, the computer system is a portable device (e.g., a notebook computer, a tablet computer, or a handheld device). In some embodiments, the computer system is a personal electronic device (e.g., a wearable electronic device such as a watch or a head-mounted device). In some embodiments, the computer system has a touchpad. In some embodiments, the computer system has one or more cameras. In some embodiments, the computer system has a touch-sensitive display (also known as a "touch screen" or "touch screen display"). In some embodiments, the computer system has one or more eye tracking components. In some embodiments, the computer system has one or more hand tracking components. In some embodiments, the computer system has one or more output devices in addition to the display generating components, the output devices including one or more tactile output generators and / or one or more audio output devices. In some embodiments, the computer system has a graphical user interface (GUI), one or more processors, memory, and one or more modules, programs, or sets of instructions stored in the memory for performing a number of functions. In some embodiments, a user interacts with the GUI through stylus and / or finger contacts and gestures on a touch-sensitive surface, movements of the user's eyes and hands within space relative to the GUI (and / or computer system) or the user's body as captured by cameras and other movement sensors, and voice input as captured by one or more audio input devices.In some embodiments, the functions performed through the interactions optionally include image editing, drawing, presenting, word processing, creating spreadsheets, playing games, making phone calls, video conferencing, emailing, instant messaging, training support, digital photography, digital videography, web browsing, playing digital music, taking notes, and / or playing digital videos. Executable instructions to perform those functions are optionally contained in a transitory and / or non-transitory computer-readable storage medium or other computer program product configured to be executed by one or more processors.

[0007] There is a need for electronic devices having improved methods and interfaces for interacting with content as described above. Such methods and interfaces can complement or replace conventional methods for interacting with content. Such methods and interfaces reduce the number, extent, and / or type of input from a user, creating a more efficient human-machine interface. In the case of battery-operated computing devices, such methods and interfaces conserve power and increase the time between battery charges.

[0008] In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content in response to various user inputs. In some embodiments, the computer system enters text into a text entry field in response to voice input. In some embodiments, the computer system facilitates interaction with a soft keyboard. In some embodiments, the computer system facilitates interaction with a cursor. In some embodiments, the computer system facilitates removal of text from a text entry field. In some embodiments, the computer system facilitates interaction with a hardware input device.

[0009] It should be noted that the various embodiments described above can be combined with any other embodiments described herein. The features and advantages described herein are not exhaustive, and many additional features and advantages will be apparent to those skilled in the art, especially in view of the drawings, the specification, and the claims. Furthermore, it should be noted that the language used in this specification has been selected solely for the purposes of readability and description, and not to define or limit the subject matter of the present invention. [Brief description of the drawings]

[0010] For a better understanding of the various described embodiments, reference should be made to the following Detailed Description in conjunction with the following drawings, in which like reference numerals refer to corresponding parts throughout:

[0011] [Figure 1] FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating an operating environment for a computer system for providing an XR experience, according to some embodiments.

[0012] [Diagram 2] FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a controller of a computer system configured to manage and coordinate a user's XR experience, according to some embodiments.

[0013] [Diagram 3] FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating display generation components of a computer system configured to provide visual components of an XR experience to a user, according to some embodiments.

[0014] [Figure 4] FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating a hand tracking unit of a computer system configured to capture a user's gesture input, according to some embodiments.

[0015] [Diagram 5]FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating an eye-tracking unit of a computer system configured to capture a user's gaze input, according to some embodiments.

[0016] [Figure 6] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram illustrating a glint-assisted gaze tracking pipeline, according to some embodiments.

[0017] [Figure 7A] 1 illustrates example techniques for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to some embodiments. [Figure 7B] 1 illustrates example techniques for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to some embodiments. [Figure 7C] 1 illustrates example techniques for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to some embodiments. [Figure 7D] 1 illustrates example techniques for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to some embodiments. [Figure 7E] 1 illustrates example techniques for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to some embodiments. [Figure 7F] 1 illustrates example techniques for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to some embodiments. [Figure 7G] 1 illustrates example techniques for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to some embodiments. [Figure 7H] 1 illustrates example techniques for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to some embodiments.

[0018] [Figure 8A]FIG. 4 is a flow diagram of a method for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to various embodiments. [Figure 8B] FIG. 4 is a flow diagram of a method for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to various embodiments. [Figure 8C] FIG. 4 is a flow diagram of a method for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to various embodiments. [Figure 8D] FIG. 4 is a flow diagram of a method for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to various embodiments. [Figure 8E] FIG. 4 is a flow diagram of a method for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to various embodiments. [Figure 8F] FIG. 4 is a flow diagram of a method for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to various embodiments. [Figure 8G] FIG. 4 is a flow diagram of a method for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to various embodiments. [Figure 8H] FIG. 4 is a flow diagram of a method for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to various embodiments. [Figure 8I] FIG. 4 is a flow diagram of a method for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to various embodiments. [Figure 8J] FIG. 4 is a flow diagram of a method for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to various embodiments. [Figure 8K] FIG. 4 is a flow diagram of a method for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to various embodiments. [Figure 8L] FIG. 4 is a flow diagram of a method for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to various embodiments.

[0019] [Figure 9A]1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9B] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9C] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9D] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9E] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9F] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9G] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9H] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9I] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9J] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9K] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9L] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9M]1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 9N] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments.

[0020] [Figure 10A] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10B] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10C] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10D] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10E] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10F] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10G] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10H] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10I] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10J] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10K] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10L]1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10M] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10N] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10O] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10P] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10Q] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments. [Figure 10R] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field according to various embodiments.

[0021] [Figure 11A] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11B] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11C] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11D] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11E] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11F] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11G] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11H] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11I] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11J] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11K] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11L] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11M] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11N] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 11O] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments.

[0022] [Figure 12A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12C] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12D] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12E] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12F]FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12G] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12H] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12I] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12J] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12K] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12L] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12M] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12N] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12O] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 12P] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments.

[0023] [Figure 13A] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 13B] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 13C] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 13D] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 13E] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments.

[0024] [Figure 14A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14C] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14D] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14E] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14F] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14G] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14H] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14I] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 14J] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments.

[0025] [Figure 15A] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 15B]1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 15C] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 15D] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 15E] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 15F] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments.

[0026] [Figure 16A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16C] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16D] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16E] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16F] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16G] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16H] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16I] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16J] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. [Figure 16K] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments.

[0027] [Figure 17A] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a cursor, according to some embodiments. [Figure 17B] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a cursor, according to some embodiments. [Figure 17C] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a cursor, according to some embodiments. [Figure 17D] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a cursor, according to some embodiments. [Figure 17E] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a cursor, according to some embodiments. [Figure 17F] 1 illustrates an example technique for facilitating interaction with a cursor, according to some embodiments.

[0028] [Figure 18A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a cursor, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a cursor, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18C] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a cursor, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18D] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a cursor, according to some embodiments. [Figure 18E] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a cursor, according to some embodiments.

[0029] [Figure 19A]1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 19B] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 19C] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 19D] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 19E] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 19F] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input, according to some embodiments. [Figure 19G] 1 illustrates an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input, according to some embodiments.

[0030] [Figure 20A] 4 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input according to some embodiments. [Figure 20B] 4 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input according to some embodiments. [Figure 20C] 4 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input according to some embodiments. [Figure 20D] 4 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input according to some embodiments. [Figure 20E]4 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input according to some embodiments. [Figure 20F] 4 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input according to some embodiments. [Figure 20G] 4 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input according to some embodiments. [Figure 20H] 4 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input according to some embodiments. [Figure 20I] 4 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input according to some embodiments. [Figure 20J] 4 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input according to some embodiments. [Figure 20K] 4 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input according to some embodiments. [Figure 20L] 4 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input according to some embodiments. [Figure 20M] 4 is a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input according to some embodiments.

[0031] [Figure 21A] 1 illustrates an example technique for modifying text contained in a text entry field according to some embodiments. [Figure 21B] 1 illustrates an example technique for modifying text contained in a text entry field according to some embodiments. [Figure 21C]1 illustrates an example technique for modifying text contained in a text entry field according to some embodiments. [Figure 21D] 1 illustrates an example technique for modifying text contained in a text entry field according to some embodiments. [Figure 21E] 1 illustrates an example technique for modifying text contained in a text entry field according to some embodiments. [Figure 21F] 1 illustrates an example technique for modifying text contained in a text entry field according to some embodiments. [Figure 21G] 1 illustrates an example technique for modifying text contained in a text entry field according to some embodiments.

[0032] [Figure 22A] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for modifying text contained in a text entry field according to some embodiments. [Figure 22B] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for modifying text contained in a text entry field according to some embodiments. [Figure 22C] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for modifying text contained in a text entry field according to some embodiments. [Figure 22D] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for modifying text contained in a text entry field according to some embodiments. [Figure 22E] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for modifying text contained in a text entry field according to some embodiments. [Figure 22F] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for modifying text contained in a text entry field according to some embodiments. [Figure 22G] 1 is a flow diagram of a method for modifying text contained in a text entry field according to some embodiments. [Fig. 22H]1 is a flow diagram of a method for modifying text contained in a text entry field according to some embodiments.

[0033] [Figure 23A] 1 illustrates an exemplary technique for updating user interface elements according to the status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Figure 23B] 1 illustrates an exemplary technique for updating user interface elements according to the status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Figure 23C] 1 illustrates an exemplary technique for updating user interface elements according to the status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Figure 23D] 1 illustrates an exemplary technique for updating user interface elements according to the status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Figure 23E] 1 illustrates an exemplary technique for updating user interface elements according to the status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Figure 23F] 1 illustrates an exemplary technique for updating user interface elements according to the status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Figure 23G] 1 illustrates an exemplary technique for updating user interface elements according to the status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Figure 23H] 1 illustrates an exemplary technique for updating user interface elements according to the status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Figure 23I]1 illustrates an exemplary technique for updating user interface elements according to the status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments.

[0034] [Figure 24A] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for updating user interface elements according to a status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24B] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for updating user interface elements according to a status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24C] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for updating user interface elements according to a status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24D] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for updating user interface elements according to a status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24E] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for updating user interface elements according to a status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24F] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for updating user interface elements according to a status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24G] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for updating user interface elements according to a status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Fig. 24H] FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for updating user interface elements according to a status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. [Figure 24I]FIG. 1 is a flow diagram of a method for updating user interface elements according to a status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE PREFERRED EMBODIMENTS

[0035] The present disclosure relates to a user interface that provides an extended reality (XR) experience to a user, according to some embodiments.

[0036] The systems, methods, and GUIs described herein improve user interface interaction with virtual / augmented reality environments in several ways.

[0037] In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the content in response to various user inputs, such as gaze-based user inputs and gesture-based user inputs (e.g., air gesture inputs, described in more detail below). In some embodiments, the computer system presents scrollable content including a first region of scrollable content and a second region of scrollable content. In response to detecting the user's attention directed to the second region of the scrollable content, the computer system optionally scrolls the scrollable content to advance content displayed in the second region toward the first region. In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the content in response to detecting air gesture inputs, including pinch-and-drag gestures, while the user's attention is directed to the content.

[0038] In some embodiments, the computer system enters text into the text entry field in response to the voice input according to some embodiments. In response to detecting the user's attention directed at the text entry field, the computer system optionally initiates a process to accept dictation input directed at the text entry field. The computer system optionally presents feedback (e.g., visual, audio) in response to speech input directed at the text entry field, displaying a textual representation of the speech input in the text entry field.

[0039] In some embodiments, a computer system facilitates interaction with a soft keyboard. The computer system optionally displays an object (e.g., a user interface, a window, or another container) including a text entry field that is more than a threshold distance from a user's viewpoint in a three-dimensional environment. In response to input directed at the text entry field, the computer system displays a soft keyboard. In some embodiments, the computer system displays the soft keyboard within the threshold distance of the user.

[0040] In some embodiments, the computer system facilitates interaction with a soft keyboard. The computer system optionally displays the soft keyboard without displaying one or more cursors for interacting with the soft keyboard. In some embodiments, the computer system detects user input directed to one or more keys of the soft keyboard provided by a discrete part of a user (e.g., the user's hand(s)). The computer system optionally displays movement of the one or more keys away from the discrete part of the user toward a surface of the keyboard, and performs one or more actions associated with the one or more keys of the keyboard in response to the user input directed to the one or more keys of the keyboard.

[0041] In some embodiments, the computer system facilitates interaction with a soft keyboard. The computer system optionally displays the soft keyboard along with one or more cursors for interacting with the soft keyboard. The computer system optionally moves the cursor in response to detecting movement of one or more respective parts of the user (e.g., hand(s). In some embodiments, in response to detecting input provided by one or more respective parts of the user corresponding to making a selection with the one or more cursors, the computer system activates one or more keys of the soft keyboard corresponding to the one or more cursors.

[0042] In some embodiments, the computer system facilitates interaction with a cursor. The computer system optionally displays a cursor in a distinct region of the three-dimensional environment. In some embodiments, the computer system updates the position of the cursor according to the movement of a distinct part of the user (e.g., a hand) and the user's attention. While the user's attention is directed to a distinct region of the three-dimensional environment and the cursor is displayed in the distinct region of the three-dimensional environment, the computer system moves the cursor within the distinct region in response to the movement of the distinct part of the user. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the coordinated movement of the distinct part of the user and the movement of the user's attention from the distinct region to another location in the three-dimensional environment, the computer system displays the cursor in a new region in accordance with the attention and movement of the distinct part of the user.

[0043] In some embodiments, the computer system facilitates text entry in response to speech input. The computer system optionally displays a dictation user interface element overlaid at least partially over the text entry field to enable dictation of text into the text entry field. In some embodiments, the computer system enters text into the text entry field in response to a confirmatory input confirming that the text in the dictation user interface element should be entered into the text entry field. In some embodiments, the computer system refrains from entering text into the text entry field unless and until a confirmatory input is received.

[0044] In some embodiments, a computer system facilitates the deletion of text from a text entry field. The computer system optionally displays a user interface element associated with the soft keyboard, including a text entry field that includes a copy of text included in a second text entry field in a user interface of an application having a current focus of the soft keyboard. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a user's attention directed to a portion of the text entry field included in the user interface element, the computer system displays an option for deleting one or more characters from the text entry field. In response to detecting a selection of the option and / or a selection of a portion of the text entry field included in the user interface element, the computer system deletes one or more characters from the text.

[0045] In some embodiments, a computer system facilitates interaction with a hardware input device. The computer system optionally displays user interface elements having a predefined spatial relationship to a hardware input device that is within a field of view of the computer system and in communication with the computer system. In some embodiments, the user interface elements include a text entry field that includes a representation of text included in a second text entry field of a user interface of an application that has a current focus of the hardware input device, an option for displaying a software input element, a dictation option, and an option for inserting suggested text into the text entry field.

[0046] 1-6 illustrate an exemplary computer system for providing an XR experience to a user. FIGS. 7A-7H illustrate an exemplary technique for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to some embodiments. FIGS. 8A-8L illustrate a flow diagram of a method for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to various embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGS. 7A-7H are used to illustrate the process of FIGS. 8A-8L. FIGS. 9A-9N illustrate an exemplary technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments. FIGS. 10A-10R illustrate a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field, according to various embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGS. 9A-9N are used to illustrate the process of FIGS. 10A-10R. FIGS. 11A-11O illustrate an exemplary technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. FIGS. 12A-12P illustrate a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGS. 11A-11O are used to illustrate the process of FIGS. 12A-12P. FIGS. 13A-13E illustrate an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. FIGS. 14A-14J are a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGS. 13A-13E are used to illustrate the process of FIGS. 14A-14J. FIGS. 15A-15F illustrate an example technique for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. FIGS. 16A-16K are a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a soft keyboard, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGS. 15A-15F are used to illustrate the process of FIGS. 16A-16K. FIGS. 17A-17F illustrate an example technique for facilitating interaction with a cursor, according to some embodiments. FIGS. 18A-18E are a flow diagram of a method for facilitating interaction with a cursor, according to some embodiments.The user interfaces of Figures 17A-17F are used to illustrate the process of Figures 18A-18E. Figures 19A-19G illustrate an example technique for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input, according to some embodiments. Figures 20A-20M are a flow diagram of a method for entering text into a text entry field in response to receiving speech input, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of Figures 19A-19G are used to illustrate the process of Figures 20A-20M. Figures 21A-21G illustrate an example technique for modifying text contained in a text entry field, according to some embodiments. Figures 22A-22H are a flow diagram of a method for modifying text contained in a text entry field, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of Figures 21A-21G are used to illustrate the process of Figures 22A-22H. Figures 23A-23I illustrate an example technique for updating user interface elements according to a status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. 24A-24I are flow diagrams of a method for updating user interface elements according to the status of a hardware input device in communication with a computer system, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGS. 23A-23I are used to illustrate the process of FIGS. 24A-24I.

[0047] The processes described below enhance usability of the device and make the user device interface more efficient (e.g., by helping the user provide appropriate inputs and reducing user errors when operating / interacting with the device) through various techniques, including providing improved visual feedback to the user, reducing the number of inputs required to perform an action, providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional controls displayed, performing an action without requiring further user input when a set of conditions is met, improving privacy and / or security, providing a more diverse, detailed, and / or realistic user experience while saving storage space, and / or additional techniques. These techniques also reduce power usage and improve the battery life of the device by allowing the user to use the device more quickly and efficiently. Saving battery power, and therefore weight, improves the ergonomics of the device. These techniques also enable real-time communication and allow the use of fewer and / or less accurate sensors, resulting in more compact, lighter, and less expensive devices, and allowing the device to be used in a variety of lighting conditions. These techniques reduce energy usage and thereby reduce the heat given off by the device, which is especially important for wearable devices where a device that is well within the operating parameters for the device components can become uncomfortable for a user to wear if it is generating too much heat.

[0048] Furthermore, in methods described herein in which one or more steps are contingent on one or more conditions being met, it should be understood that the described method can be repeated in multiple iterations such that over the course of the iterations, all of the conditions on which the steps of the method are contingent are met in different iterations of the method. For example, if a method requires performing a first step if a condition is met and performing a second step if the condition is not met, one skilled in the art would understand that the steps recited in the claim are repeated in a particular order until the conditions are met and are no longer met. Thus, a method described with one or more steps that are dependent on one or more conditions being met can be rewritten as a method that is repeated until each condition recited in the method is met. However, this is not required for system or computer readable medium claims in which the system or computer readable medium includes instructions to perform a conditional action based on the satisfaction of the corresponding one or more conditions, and thus can determine whether a contingency is met without explicitly repeating the steps of the method until all conditions on which the steps of the method are contingent are met. Those skilled in the art will also understand that, as with methods having conditional steps, the system or computer-readable storage medium may repeat the steps of the method as many times as necessary to ensure that all of the conditional steps have been performed.

[0049] In some embodiments, as shown in Figure 1, an XR experience is provided to a user via an operating environment 100 that includes a computer system 101. The computer system 101 includes a controller 110 (e.g., a processor of a portable electronic device or a remote server), a display generating component 120 (e.g., a head-mounted device (HMD), a display, a projector, and / or a touch screen), one or more input devices 125 (e.g., an eye tracking device 130, a hand tracking device 140, other input devices 150), one or more output devices 155 (e.g., a speaker 160, a tactile output generator 170, and other output devices 180), one or more sensors 190 (e.g., an image sensor, a light sensor, a depth sensor, a tactile sensor, an orientation sensor, a proximity sensor, a temperature sensor, a location sensor, a motion sensor, and / or a speed sensor), and optionally one or more peripheral devices 195 (e.g., a consumer electronics device and / or a wearable device). In some embodiments, one or more of the input device(s) 125, output device(s) 155, sensors 190, and peripheral devices 195 are integrated with the display generation component 120 (e.g., within a head-mounted or handheld device).

[0050] When describing an XR experience, various terms are used to individually refer to several related, but distinct, environments that a user senses and / or can interact with (e.g., using inputs detected by computer system 101 that cause the computer system generating the XR experience to generate audio, visual, and / or haptic feedback corresponding to various inputs provided to computer system 101 generating the XR experience). Below is a subset of these terms:

[0051] Physical Environment: The physical environment refers to the physical world that people can sense and / or interact with without the aid of electronic systems. A physical environment, such as a physical park, includes physical objects such as physical trees, physical buildings, and physical people. People can sense and / or interact with the physical environment directly, such as through sight, touch, hearing, taste, and smell.

[0052] Extended reality: In contrast, an extended reality (XR) environment refers to a fully or partially simulated environment that people sense and / or interact with via electronic systems. In XR, a subset of a person's body movements or a representation thereof is tracked, and one or more properties of one or more virtual objects simulated in the XR environment are adjusted accordingly to behave with at least one law of physics. For example, an XR system may detect a person's head rotation and adjust the graphical content and sound field presented to the person accordingly, in a manner similar to how such views and sounds change in a physical environment. In some circumstances (e.g., for accessibility reasons), adjustments to a property(ies) of a virtual object(s) in the XR environment may be made in response to a representation of a body movement (e.g., a voice command). A person may sense and / or interact with an XR object using any one of these senses, including vision, hearing, touch, taste, and smell. For example, a person may sense and / or interact with audio objects that create a 3D or spatial audio environment that provides the perception of a point audio source within 3D space. In another example, audio objects may enable audio transparency that selectively incorporates ambient sounds from the physical environment, with or without computer-generated audio. In some XR environments, a person may sense and / or interact with only audio objects.

[0053] Examples of XR include virtual reality and mixed reality.

[0054] Virtual Reality: A virtual reality (VR) environment refers to a simulated environment designed to be based entirely on computer-generated sensory input for one or more senses. A VR environment includes a number of virtual objects that a person can sense and / or interact with. For example, computer-generated images of trees, buildings, and avatars representing people are examples of virtual objects. A person can sense and / or interact with virtual objects in a VR environment through a simulation of the person's presence in the computer-generated environment and / or through a simulation of a subset of the person's physical movement within the computer-generated environment.

[0055] Mixed reality: A mixed reality (MR) environment refers to a simulated environment designed to incorporate sensory input from a physical environment or representations thereof in addition to including computer-generated sensory input (e.g., virtual objects) as opposed to a VR environment designed to be based entirely on computer-generated sensory input. On the virtual continuum, a mixed reality environment is anywhere between but not including a complete physical environment at one end and a virtual reality environment at the other end. In some MR environments, the computer-generated sensory input may respond to changes in sensory input from the physical environment. Also, some electronic systems for presenting MR environments may track location and / or orientation relative to the physical environment to allow virtual objects to interact with real objects (i.e., physical items from the physical environment or representations thereof). For example, the system may take into account movement so that a virtual tree appears stationary relative to the physical ground.

[0056] Examples of mixed reality include extended reality and augmented virtuality.

[0057] Extended reality: An extended reality (AR) environment refers to a simulated environment in which one or more virtual objects are superimposed on a physical environment or a representation thereof. For example, an electronic system for presenting an AR environment may have a transparent or semi-transparent display through which a person can directly view the physical environment. The system may be configured to present virtual objects on the transparent or semi-transparent display, whereby a person uses the system to perceive the virtual objects superimposed on the physical environment. Alternatively, the system may have an opaque display and one or more imaging sensors that capture images or videos of the physical environment that are representations of the physical environment. The system composites the images or videos with the virtual objects and presents the composite on the opaque display. The person uses the system to indirectly view the physical environment through the images or videos of the physical environment and perceive the virtual objects superimposed on the physical environment. As used herein, a video of a physical environment shown on an opaque display is referred to as a "pass-through video," meaning that the system uses one or more image sensors to capture images of the physical environment and uses those images in presenting the AR environment on the opaque display. Alternatively, the system may have a projection system that projects virtual objects, for example as holograms, into the physical environment or onto a physical surface, so that a person using the system perceives the virtual objects superimposed on the physical environment. An extended reality environment also refers to a simulated environment in which a representation of the physical environment is transformed by computer-generated sensory information. For example, in providing pass-through video, the system may transform one or more sensor images to impose a selected perspective (e.g., viewpoint) other than the perspective captured by the imaging sensor. As another example, the representation of the physical environment may be transformed by graphically modifying (e.g., enlarging) a portion thereof, such that the modified portion becomes a modified, but non-photorealistic, version of the original captured image.As a further example, the representation of the physical environment may be altered by graphically removing or obscuring parts of it.

[0058] Augmented Virtuality: An augmented virtuality (AV) environment refers to a simulated environment in which a virtual or computer-generated environment incorporates one or more sensory inputs from a physical environment. The sensory inputs may be representations of one or more characteristics of the physical environment. For example, an AV park may have virtual trees and virtual buildings, while people with faces are realistically reproduced from images taken of physical people. As another example, virtual objects may adopt the shape or color of physical items imaged by one or more imaging sensors. As a further example, virtual objects may adopt shadows that match the position of the sun in the physical environment.

[0059] Perspective-locked virtual object: A virtual object is perspective-locked when the computer system displays the virtual object in the same location and / or position within the user's perspective, even as the user's perspective shifts (e.g., changes). In embodiments in which the computer system is a head-mounted device, the user's perspective is locked to the forward-facing orientation of the user's head (e.g., the user's perspective is at least a portion of the user's field of view when the user is looking straight ahead). Thus, the user's perspective remains fixed even as the user's line of sight moves without moving the user's head. In embodiments in which the computer system has a display generating component (e.g., a display screen) that can be repositioned relative to the user's head, the user's perspective is the extended reality view being presented to the user on the display generating component of the computer system. For example, a perspective-locked virtual object that is displayed in the upper left corner of the user's perspective when the user's perspective is in a first orientation (e.g., the user's head is facing north) continues to be displayed in the upper left corner of the user's perspective when the user's perspective changes to a second orientation (e.g., the user's head is facing west). In other words, the location and / or position at which a viewpoint-locked virtual object is displayed in a user's viewpoint is independent of the user's position and / or orientation in the physical environment. In embodiments in which the computer system is a head-mounted device, the user's viewpoint is locked to the orientation of the user's head such that the virtual object is also referred to as a "head-locked virtual object."

[0060] Environment-Locked Virtual Object: A virtual object is environment-locked (or "world-locked") when a computer system displays the virtual object at a location and / or position in a user's viewpoint that is based on (e.g., selected with reference to and / or anchored to) a location and / or object in a three-dimensional environment (e.g., physical environment or virtual environment). As the user's viewpoint shifts, the location and / or object in the environment relative to the user's viewpoint changes, resulting in the environment-locked virtual object being displayed at a different location and / or position in the user's viewpoint. For example, an environment-locked virtual object locked to a tree directly in front of the user will be displayed at the center of the user's viewpoint. If the user's viewpoint shifts to the right (e.g., the user's head is turned to the right) and the tree becomes more left in the user's viewpoint (e.g., the position of the tree in the user's viewpoint shifts), the environment-locked virtual object locked to the tree will be displayed more left in the user's viewpoint. In other words, the location and / or position at which the environment-locked virtual object is displayed in the user's viewpoint depends on the position and / or orientation of the location and / or object in the environment to which the virtual object is locked. In some embodiments, the computer system uses a stationary reference frame (e.g., a coordinate system that is fixed to a fixed location and / or object in the physical environment) to determine a position at which to display an environment-locked virtual object in the user's viewpoint. The environment-locked virtual object can be locked to a stationary portion of the environment (e.g., a floor, wall, table, or other stationary object) or can be locked to a moving portion of the environment (e.g., a vehicle, an animal, a person, or a representation of a part of the user's body that moves independent of the user's viewpoint, such as the user's hand, wrist, arm, leg, etc.), such that the virtual object moves as the viewpoint or the part of the environment moves in order to maintain a fixed relationship between the virtual object and the part of the environment.

[0061] In some embodiments, an environment-locked or viewpoint-locked virtual object exhibits a delayed following behavior that reduces or delays the movement of the environment-locked or viewpoint-locked virtual object relative to the movement of a reference point that the virtual object is following. In some embodiments, when exhibiting a delayed following behavior, the computer system intentionally delays the movement of the virtual object when it detects movement of a reference point that the virtual object is following (e.g., a part of the environment, the viewpoint, or a point fixed relative to the viewpoint, such as a point between 5-300 cm from the viewpoint). For example, when the reference point (e.g., a part of the environment or the viewpoint) moves at a first speed, the virtual object is moved by the device to remain locked to the reference point, but at a second speed that is slower than the first speed (e.g., until the reference point stops or slows down its movement, at which point the virtual object begins to catch up with the reference point). In some embodiments, when the virtual object exhibits a delayed following behavior, the device ignores small amounts of movement of the reference point (e.g., ignores movement of the reference point that is less than a threshold amount of movement, such as 0-5 degrees movement or 0-50 cm movement). For example, when the reference point (e.g., a viewpoint or portion of the environment to which the virtual object is locked) moves by a first amount, the distance between the reference point and the virtual object increases (e.g., because the virtual object is displayed to maintain a fixed or substantially fixed position with respect to a viewpoint or portion of the environment that is different from the reference point to which the virtual object is locked) and when the reference point (e.g., a viewpoint or portion of the environment to which the virtual object is locked) moves by a second amount that is greater than the first amount, the distance between the reference point and the virtual object first increases (e.g., because the virtual object is displayed to maintain a fixed or substantially fixed position with respect to a viewpoint or portion of the environment that is different from the reference point to which the virtual object is locked) and then decreases as the amount of movement of the reference point increases beyond a threshold (e.g., a “lag following” threshold) as the virtual object is moved by the computer system to maintain a fixed or substantially fixed position with respect to the reference point.In some embodiments, a virtual object maintaining a substantially fixed position relative to a reference point includes the virtual object being displayed within a threshold distance (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 5, 15, 20, 50 cm) of the reference point in one or more dimensions (e.g., above / below, left / right, and / or forward / backward relative to the position of the reference point).

[0062] Hardware: There are many different types of electronic systems that allow a person to sense and / or interact with various XR environments. Examples include head-mounted systems, projection-based systems, head-up displays (HUDs), vehicle windshields with integrated viewing capabilities, windows with integrated viewing capabilities, displays formed as lenses designed to be placed over a person's eyes (e.g., contact lenses), headphones / earphones, speaker arrays, input systems (e.g., wearable or handheld controllers with or without haptic feedback), smartphones, tablets, and desktop / laptop computers. A head-mounted system may have one or more speaker(s) and an integrated opaque display. Alternatively, a head-mounted system may be configured to accept an external opaque display (e.g., a smartphone). A head-mounted system may incorporate one or more imaging sensors for capturing images or video of the physical environment and / or one or more microphones for capturing audio of the physical environment. A head-mounted system may have a transparent or translucent display rather than an opaque display. The transparent or translucent display may have a medium through which light representing an image is directed to the person's eyes. The display may utilize digital light projection, OLED, LED, uLED, liquid crystal on silicon, laser scanned light source, or any combination of these technologies. The medium may be a light guide, a holographic medium, an optical combiner, an optical reflector, or any combination of these. In an embodiment, the transparent or translucent display may be configured to be selectively opaque. The projection-based system may employ retinal projection technology that projects a graphical image onto the person's retina. The projection system may also be configured to project virtual objects into the physical environment, for example, as a hologram or onto a physical surface. In some embodiments, the controller 110 is configured to manage and coordinate the XR experience for the user.In some embodiments, the controller 110 includes a suitable combination of software, firmware, and / or hardware. The controller 110 is described in more detail below with reference to FIG. 2. In some embodiments, the controller 110 is a computing device that is local or remote to the scene 105 (e.g., the physical environment). For example, the controller 110 is a local server located within the scene 105. In another example, the controller 110 is a remote server (e.g., a cloud server or a central server) located outside the scene 105. In some embodiments, the controller 110 is communicatively coupled to the display generation components 120 (e.g., an HMD, a display, a projector, and / or a touch screen) via one or more wired or wireless communication channels 144 (e.g., BLUETOOTH, IEEE 802.11x, IEEE 802.16x, and / or IEEE 802.3x). In another example, the controller 110 is contained within the housing (e.g., physical housing) of one or more of the display generating components 120 (e.g., an HMD or a portable electronic device including a display and one or more processors), one or more of the input devices 125, one or more of the output devices 155, one or more of the sensors 190, and / or one or more of the peripheral devices 195, or shares the same physical housing or support structure as one or more of the above.

[0063] In some embodiments, display generation component 120 is configured to provide an XR experience (e.g., at least a visual component of an XR experience) to a user. In some embodiments, display generation component 120 includes a suitable combination of software, firmware, and / or hardware. Display generation component 120 is described in more detail below with reference to FIG. 3. In some embodiments, functionality of controller 110 is provided by and / or combined with display generation component 120.

[0064] According to some embodiments, the display generation component 120 provides an XR experience to the user while the user is virtually and / or physically present within the scene 105.

[0065] In some embodiments, the display generating component is worn on a part of the user's body (e.g., the user's head or the user's hand). Thus, the display generating component 120 includes one or more XR displays provided to display XR content. For example, in various embodiments, the display generating component 120 surrounds the user's field of view. In some embodiments, the display generating component 120 is a handheld device (such as a smartphone or tablet) configured to present XR content, where the user holds a device with a display directed to the user's field of view and a camera directed to the scene 105. In some embodiments, the handheld device is optionally disposed in a housing worn on the user's head. In some embodiments, the handheld device is optionally disposed on a support (e.g., a tripod) in front of the user. In some embodiments, the display generating component 120 is an XR chamber, housing, or room configured to present XR content without the user wearing or holding the display generating component 120. Many user interfaces described with reference to one type of hardware for displaying XR content (e.g., a handheld device or a device on a tripod) may be implemented on another type of hardware for displaying XR content (e.g., an HMD or other wearable computing device). For example, a user interface showing an interaction with XR content that is triggered based on an interaction that occurs in the space in front of a handheld or tripod-mounted device may be implemented similarly to an HMD where the interaction occurs in the space in front of the HMD and the XR content response is displayed via the HMD. Similarly, a user interface showing an interaction with XR content that is triggered based on movement of a handheld or tripod-mounted device relative to the physical environment (e.g., the scene 105 or a part of the user's body (e.g., the user's eye(s), head, or hand)) may be implemented similarly to an HMD where the movement is caused by movement of the HMD relative to the physical environment (e.g., the scene 105 or a part of the user's body (e.g., the user's eye(s), head, or hand)).

[0066] While relevant features of operating environment 100 are shown in FIG. 1, those skilled in the art will appreciate from this disclosure that various other features have not been shown for the sake of brevity so as not to obscure more pertinent aspects of the exemplary embodiments disclosed herein.

[0067] 2 is a block diagram of an example controller 110, according to some embodiments. While certain features are shown, those skilled in the art will appreciate from this disclosure that various other features have not been shown for the sake of brevity so as not to obscure more pertinent aspects of the embodiments disclosed herein. Thus, by way of non-limiting example, in some embodiments, the controller 110 includes one or more processing units 202 (e.g., a microprocessor, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field programmable gate array (FPGA), a graphics processing unit (GPU), a central processing unit (CPU), a processing core, etc.), one or more input / output (I / O) devices 206, one or more communications interfaces 208 (e.g., Universal Serial Bus (USB), FIREWIRE, THUNDERBOLT, IEEE 802.3x, IEEE 802.11x, IEEE 802.16x, Global System for Mobile Communications (GSM), Code Division Multiple Access (CDMA), Time Division Multiple Access (TDMA), Global Positioning System (GPS), Infrared (IR), BLUETOOTH, ZIGBEE, or similar types of interfaces), one or more programming (e.g., I / O) interfaces 210, memory 220, and one or more communications buses 204 for interconnecting these and various other components.

[0068] In some embodiments, the one or more communications buses 204 include circuitry that interconnects and controls communications between system components. In some embodiments, the one or more I / O devices 206 include at least one of a keyboard, a mouse, a touchpad, a joystick, one or more microphones, one or more speakers, one or more image sensors, one or more displays, etc.

[0069] The memory 220 includes a high-speed random-access memory, such as dynamic random-access memory (DRAM), static random-access memory (SRAM), double-data-rate random-access memory (DDRRAM), or other random-access solid-state memory devices. In some embodiments, the memory 220 includes a non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic storage devices, optical storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices. The memory 220 optionally includes one or more storage devices located remotely from the one or more processing units 202. The memory 220 includes a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some embodiments, the memory 220, or the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of the memory 220, stores the following programs, modules, and data structures, or a subset thereof, including an optional operating system 230 and an XR experience module 240:

[0070] The operating system 230 includes instructions for handling various basic system services and performing hardware-dependent tasks. In some embodiments, the XR experience module 240 is configured to manage and coordinate one or more XR experiences for one or more users (e.g., a single XR experience for one or more users, or multiple XR experiences for respective groups of one or more users). To that end, in various embodiments, the XR experience module 240 includes a data acquisition unit 241, a tracking unit 242, a coordination unit 246, and a data transmission unit 248.

[0071] 1 , and optionally one or more of the input devices 125, the output devices 155, the sensors 190, and / or the peripheral devices 195. To that end, in various embodiments, the data acquisition unit 241 includes instructions and / or logic therefor, as well as heuristics and metadata therefor.

[0072] In some embodiments, the tracking unit 242 is configured to map the scene 105 and track the position / location of at least the display generation components 120 relative to the scene 105 of FIG. 1 and, optionally, relative to one or more of the input devices 125, the output devices 155, the sensors 190, and / or the peripheral devices 195. To that end, in various embodiments, the tracking unit 242 includes instructions and / or logic therefor, as well as heuristics and metadata therefor. In some embodiments, the tracking unit 242 includes a hand tracking unit 244 and / or an eye tracking unit 243. In some embodiments, the hand tracking unit 244 is configured to track the position / location of one or more parts of the user's hand and / or the movement of one or more parts of the user's hand relative to the scene 105 of FIG. 1, relative to the display generation components 120, and / or relative to a coordinate system defined relative to the user's hand. The hand tracking unit 244 is described in more detail below with respect to FIG. 4. In some embodiments, eye tracking unit 243 is configured to track the position and movement of the user's gaze (or, more broadly, the user's eyes, face, or head) relative to scene 105 (e.g., relative to the physical environment and / or the user (e.g., the user's hands)), or relative to XR content displayed via display generation component 120. Eye tracking unit 243 is described in more detail below with respect to FIG.

[0073] In some embodiments, the coordination unit 246 is configured to manage and coordinate the XR experience presented to the user by the display generation components 120 and, optionally, by one or more of the output devices 155 and / or peripheral devices 195. To that end, in various embodiments, the coordination unit 246 includes instructions and / or logic therefor, as well as heuristics and metadata therefor.

[0074] In some embodiments, data transmission unit 248 is configured to transmit data (e.g., presentation data and / or location data) to at least display generation component 120, and optionally to one or more of input device 125, output device 155, sensor 190, and / or peripheral device 195. To that end, in various embodiments, data transmission unit 248 includes instructions and / or logic therefor, as well as heuristics and metadata therefor.

[0075] Although the data acquisition unit 241, the tracking unit 242 (e.g., including the eye tracking unit 243 and the hand tracking unit 244), the adjustment unit 246, and the data transmission unit 248 are shown as being present on a single device (e.g., the controller 110), it should be understood that in other embodiments, any combination of the data acquisition unit 241, the tracking unit 242 (e.g., including the eye tracking unit 243 and the hand tracking unit 244), the adjustment unit 246, and the data transmission unit 248 may be located within separate computing devices.

[0076] Moreover, Figure 2 is intended more to illustrate the functionality of various features that may be present in certain embodiments, as opposed to a structural overview of the embodiments described herein. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, items shown separately can be combined and some items can be separated. For example, some functional modules shown separately in Figure 2 can be implemented in a single module, and various functions of a single functional block can be implemented by one or more functional blocks in various embodiments. The actual number of modules, as well as the division of specific functions and how functions are allocated among them, will vary from implementation to implementation and will depend in part on the particular combination of hardware, software, and / or firmware selected for a particular implementation.

[0077] 3 is a block diagram of an example of a display generation component 120, according to some embodiments. While certain features are shown, those skilled in the art will appreciate from this disclosure that various other features have not been shown for the sake of brevity so as not to obscure more pertinent aspects of the embodiments disclosed herein. To that end, and by way of non-limiting example, in some embodiments the display generating component 120 (e.g., an HMD) includes one or more processing units 302 (e.g., a microprocessor, an ASIC, an FPGA, a GPU, a CPU, a processing core, etc.), one or more input / output (I / O) devices and sensors 306, one or more communications interfaces 308 (e.g., USB, FIREWIRE, THUNDERBOLT, IEEE 802.3x, IEEE 802.11x, IEEE 802.16x, GSM, CDMA, TDMA, GPS, infrared, BLUETOOTH, ZIGBEE, and / or similar types of interfaces), one or more programming (e.g., I / O) interfaces 310, one or more XR displays 312, one or more optional inward-facing and / or outward-facing image sensors 314, memory 320, and one or more communications buses 304 for interconnecting these and various other components.

[0078] In some embodiments, the one or more communications buses 304 include circuitry that interconnects and controls communications between system components. In some embodiments, the one or more I / O devices and sensors 306 include at least one of an inertial measurement unit (IMU), an accelerometer, a gyroscope, a thermometer, one or more physiological sensors (e.g., a blood pressure monitor, a heart rate monitor, a blood oxygen sensor, and / or a blood glucose sensor), one or more microphones, one or more speakers, a haptic engine, one or more depth sensors (e.g., structured light, time of flight, etc.), and the like.

[0079] In some embodiments, the one or more XR displays 312 are configured to provide an XR experience to the user. In some embodiments, the one or more XR displays 312 correspond to holographic, digital light processing (DLP), liquid crystal display (LCD), liquid crystal on silicon (LCoS), organic light-emitting field-effect transistor (OLET), organic light-emitting diode (OLED), surface-conduction electron-emissive element display (SED), field emission display (FED), quantum dot light-emitting diode (QD-LED), MEMS, and / or similar display types. In some embodiments, the one or more XR displays 312 correspond to diffractive, reflective, polarized, holographic, and / or waveguide displays. For example, the display generating component 120 (e.g., HMD) includes a single XR display. In another example, the display generating component 120 includes an XR display for each eye of the user. In some embodiments, the one or more XR displays 312 can present MR or VR content. In some embodiments, the one or more XR displays 312 can present MR or VR content.

[0080] In some embodiments, the one or more image sensors 314 are configured to acquire image data corresponding to at least a portion of the user's face, including the user's eyes (and may be referred to as an eye tracking camera). In some embodiments, the one or more image sensors 314 are configured to acquire image data corresponding to at least a portion of the user's hand(s) and optionally the user's arm(s) (and may be referred to as a hand tracking camera). In some embodiments, the one or more image sensors 314 are configured to face forward to acquire image data corresponding to a scene as the user would view it if the display generating component 120 (e.g., an HMD) were not present (and may be referred to as a scene camera). The one or more optional image sensors 314 may include one or more RGB cameras (e.g., with a complementary metal oxide semiconductor (CMOS) image sensor or a charge-coupled device (CCD) image sensor), one or more infrared (IR) cameras, one or more event-based cameras, and / or the like.

[0081] The memory 320 includes high-speed random access memory, such as DRAM, SRAM, DDR RAM, or other random access solid-state memory devices. In some embodiments, the memory 320 includes non-volatile memory, such as one or more magnetic disk storage devices, optical disk storage devices, flash memory devices, or other non-volatile solid-state storage devices. The memory 320 optionally includes one or more storage devices located remotely from the one or more processing units 302. The memory 320 includes a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium. In some embodiments, the memory 320, or the non-transitory computer-readable storage medium of the memory 320, stores the following programs, modules, and data structures, or a subset thereof, including an optional operating system 330 and an XR presentation module 340:

[0082] The operating system 330 includes instructions for handling various basic system services and instructions for performing hardware-dependent tasks. In some embodiments, the XR presentation module 340 is configured to present XR content to a user via one or more XR displays 312. To that end, in various embodiments, the XR presentation module 340 includes a data acquisition unit 342, an XR presentation unit 344, an XR map generation unit 346, and a data transmission unit 348.

[0083] In some embodiments, the data acquisition unit 342 is configured to acquire data (e.g., presentation data, interaction data, sensor data, and / or location data) from at least the controller 110 of Figure 1. To that end, in various embodiments, the data acquisition unit 342 includes instructions and / or logic therefor, as well as heuristics and metadata therefor.

[0084] In some embodiments, the XR presentation unit 344 is configured to present XR content via one or more XR displays 312. To that end, in various embodiments, the XR presentation unit 344 includes instructions and / or logic therefor, as well as heuristics and metadata therefor.

[0085] In some embodiments, the XR map generation unit 346 is configured to generate an XR map (e.g., a 3D map of a mixed reality scene or a map of a physical environment in which computer-generated objects can be placed to generate an extended reality) based on the media content data. To that end, in various embodiments, the XR map generation unit 346 includes instructions and / or logic therefor, as well as heuristics and metadata therefor.

[0086] In some embodiments, the data transmission unit 348 is configured to transmit data (e.g., presentation data and / or location data) to at least the controller 110, and optionally to one or more of the input devices 125, the output devices 155, the sensors 190, and / or the peripheral devices 195. To that end, in various embodiments, the data transmission unit 348 includes instructions and / or logic therefor, as well as heuristics and metadata therefor.

[0087] Although the data acquisition unit 342, the XR presentation unit 344, the XR map generation unit 346, and the data transmission unit 348 are shown as being present on a single device (e.g., the display generation component 120 of FIG. 1), it should be understood that in other embodiments, any combination of the data acquisition unit 342, the XR presentation unit 344, the XR map generation unit 346, and the data transmission unit 348 may be located within separate computing devices.

[0088] Moreover, FIG. 3 is intended more to illustrate the functionality of various features that may be present in a particular implementation, as opposed to a structural overview of the embodiments described herein. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, items shown separately can be combined and some items can be separated. For example, some functional modules shown separately in FIG. 3 can be implemented within a single module, and various functions of a single functional block can be performed by one or more functional blocks in various embodiments. The actual number of modules, as well as the division of specific functions and how functions are allocated among them, will vary from implementation to implementation, and in some embodiments will depend in part on the particular combination of hardware, software, and / or firmware selected for a particular implementation.

[0089] 4 is a schematic diagram of an example embodiment of a hand tracking device 140. In some embodiments, the hand tracking device 140 (FIG. 1) is controlled by a hand tracking unit 244 (FIG. 2) to track the location / position of one or more parts of a user's hand and / or the movement of one or more parts of a user's hand relative to the scene 105 of FIG. 1 (e.g., relative to a portion of the physical environment surrounding the user, relative to the display generating components 120, or relative to a portion of the user (e.g., the user's face, eyes, or head), and / or relative to a coordinate system defined relative to the user's hand). In some embodiments, the hand tracking device 140 is part of the display generating components 120 (e.g., embedded in or attached to a head-mounted device). In some embodiments, the hand tracking device 140 is separate from the display generating components 120 (e.g., located in a separate housing or attached to a separate physical support structure).

[0090] In some embodiments, the hand tracking device 140 includes an image sensor 404 (e.g., one or more IR cameras, 3D cameras, depth cameras, and / or color cameras) that captures three-dimensional scene information including at least a hand 406 of a human user. The image sensor 404 captures hand images with sufficient resolution to allow for distinguishing fingers and their respective positions. The image sensor 404 typically captures images of other parts of the user's body, or images of the entire body, and can have either a dedicated sensor with zoom capabilities or high magnification to capture hand images at a desired resolution. In some embodiments, the image sensor 404 also captures 2D color video images of the hand 406 and other elements of the scene. In some embodiments, the image sensor 404 is used in conjunction with other image sensors that capture the physical environment of the scene 105, or serves as an image sensor that captures the physical environment of the scene 105. In some embodiments, the image sensor 404 is positioned relative to the user or the user's environment such that the field of view of the image sensor, or a portion thereof, is used to define an interaction space in which hand movements captured by the image sensor are processed as inputs to the controller 110.

[0091] In some embodiments, the image sensor 404 outputs a sequence of frames containing 3D map data (and possibly color image data as well) to the controller 110, which extracts high-level information from the map data. This high-level information is provided, typically via an application program interface (API), to an application running on the controller, which drives the display generation component 120 accordingly. For example, a user can interact with software running on the controller 110 by moving their hand 406 to change the posture of their hand.

[0092] In some embodiments, the image sensor 404 projects a spot pattern onto a scene including the hand 406 and captures an image of the projected pattern. In some embodiments, the controller 110 calculates the 3D coordinates of points in the scene (including points on the surface of the user's hand) by triangulation based on the lateral shift of the spots of the pattern. This approach is advantageous in that it does not require the user to hold or wear any kind of beacon, sensor, or other marker. It gives the depth coordinate of a point in the scene relative to a predefined reference plane at a specific distance from the image sensor 404. In this disclosure, it is assumed that the image sensor 404 defines a set of orthogonal x, y, z axes such that the depth coordinate of a point in the scene corresponds to the z component measured by the image sensor. Alternatively, the image sensor 404 (e.g., a hand tracking device) can use other 3D mapping methods, such as stereoscopic imaging or time-of-flight measurements, based on single or multiple cameras or other types of sensors.

[0093] In some embodiments, the hand tracking device 140 captures and processes a time sequence of depth maps including the user's hand while the user moves the hand (e.g., the entire hand or one or more fingers). Software running on the image sensor 404 and / or a processor in the controller 110 processes the 3D map data to extract patch descriptors of the hand in these depth maps. The software matches these descriptors to patch descriptors stored in the database 408, based on a previous learning process, to estimate the pose of the hand in each frame. The pose typically includes the 3D locations of the user's wrist joints and fingertips.

[0094] The software can also analyze hand and / or finger trajectories across multiple frames in a sequence to identify gestures. The pose estimation functionality described herein may be interleaved with the motion tracking functionality, whereby patch-based pose estimation is performed only once every two (or more) frames, while tracking is used to discover pose changes that occur across the remaining frames. The pose, motion, and gesture information is provided to an application program running on the controller 110 via the API described above. The program can, for example, move and modify an image presented on the display generation component 120 or perform other functions in response to the pose and / or gesture information.

[0095] In some embodiments, the gesture includes an air gesture, which is a gesture that is detected without (or independent of) the user touching an input element that is part of a device (e.g., computer system 101, one or more input devices 125, and / or hand tracking device 140) and is based on detected movement of a part of the user's body (e.g., head, one or more arms, one or more hands, one or more fingers, and / or one or more legs) that is in the air, including movement of the user's body relative to an absolute reference (e.g., the angle of the user's arm relative to the ground, or the distance of the user's hand relative to the ground), movement of the user's body relative to another part of the user's body (e.g., movement of the user's hand relative to the user's shoulder, movement of one of the user's hands relative to the user's other hand, and / or movement of a user's finger relative to another finger or part of the user's hand), and / or absolute movement of the user's body part (e.g., a tap gesture that includes movement of a hand in a predetermined pose by a predetermined amount and / or speed, or a shake gesture that includes a predetermined speed or amount of rotation of the user's body part).

[0096] In some embodiments, input gestures used in various examples and embodiments described herein include air gestures performed by movement of a user's finger(s) relative to other finger(s) or part(s) of the user's hand to interact with an XR environment (e.g., a virtual or mixed reality environment), according to some embodiments. In some embodiments, an air gesture is a gesture that is detected without the user touching an input element that is part of the device (or independent of an input element that is part of the device) and is based on detected movements of a part of the user's body, including movements of the user's body relative to an absolute reference (e.g., the angle of the user's arm relative to the ground, or the distance of the user's hand relative to the ground), movements of the user's body relative to another part of the user's body (e.g., the movement of the user's hand relative to the user's shoulder, the movement of the user's other hand relative to one of the user's hands, and / or the movement of the user's finger relative to another finger or part of the user's hand), and / or absolute movements of the user's body part (e.g., a tap gesture that includes the movement of the hand in a predetermined pose by a predetermined amount and / or speed, or a shake gesture that includes the rotation of the user's body part a predetermined speed or amount).

[0097] In some embodiments where the input gesture is an air gesture (e.g., in the absence of physical contact with an input device that provides a computer system with information about which user interface element is the target of the user input, such as contact with a user interface element displayed on a touch screen, or contact with a mouse or trackpad to move a cursor to a user interface element), the gesture takes into account the user's attention (e.g., gaze) to determine the target of the user input (e.g., in the case of direct input, as described below). Thus, in implementations that include air gestures, the input gesture is detected attention (e.g., gaze) to a user interface element in combination (e.g., simultaneously) with the movement of the user's finger(s) and / or hand to perform pinch and / or tap input, as described in more detail below.

[0098] In some embodiments, an input gesture directed at a user interface object is performed directly or indirectly with reference to the user interface object. For example, user input is performed directly at a user interface object in response to performing an input gesture with a user's hand at a position corresponding to the position of the user interface object in the three-dimensional environment (e.g., as determined based on the user's current viewpoint). In some embodiments, an input gesture is performed indirectly at a user interface object in response to a user performing an input gesture while the position of the user's hand is not at a position corresponding to the position of the user interface object in the three-dimensional environment while detecting the user's attention (e.g., gaze) to the user interface object. For example, in the case of a direct input gesture, a user can direct the user's input to a user interface object by initiating the gesture at or near a position corresponding to a displayed position of the user interface object (e.g., within a distance of 0.5 cm, 1 cm, 5 cm, or 0-5 cm, measured from an optional outer edge or optional central portion). For indirect input gestures, a user can direct the user's input to a user interface object by paying attention to the user interface object (e.g., by gazing at the user interface object), and while paying attention to the option, the user initiates an input gesture (e.g., in any position detectable by the computer system) (e.g., in a position that does not correspond to the displayed position of the user interface object).

[0099] In some embodiments, input gestures (e.g., air gestures) used in various examples and embodiments described herein include pinch inputs and tap inputs for interacting with a virtual or mixed reality environment, according to some embodiments. For example, pinch inputs and tap inputs, described below, are performed as air gestures.

[0100] In some embodiments, the pinch input is part of an air gesture, including one or more of a pinch gesture, a long pinch gesture, a pinch-and-drag gesture, or a double pinch gesture. For example, a pinch gesture, which is an air gesture, includes moving two or more fingers of a hand to touch each other, i.e., optionally with a short break (e.g., within 0-1 second) after the fingers touch each other. A long pinch gesture, which is an air gesture, includes moving two or more fingers of a hand to touch each other for at least a threshold time (e.g., at least 1 second) before detecting a break in the contact with each other. For example, a long pinch gesture includes a user holding a pinch gesture (e.g., when two or more fingers are touching), and the long pinch gesture continues until a break in the contact between the two or more fingers is detected. In some embodiments, a double pinch gesture that is an air gesture includes two (e.g., or more) pinch inputs (e.g., performed by the same hand) that are detected in direct succession (e.g., within a predefined time period) of each other. For example, a user performs a first pinch input (e.g., a pinch input or a long pinch input), releases the first pinch input (e.g., breaking contact between two or more fingers), and performs a second pinch input within a predefined time period (e.g., within 1 second or 2 seconds) after releasing the first pinch input.

[0101] In some embodiments, a pinch-and-drag gesture that is an air gesture includes a pinch gesture (e.g., a pinch gesture or a long pinch gesture) performed in conjunction with (e.g., followed by) a drag input that changes the position of the user's hand from a first position (e.g., a start position of the drag) to a second position (e.g., an end position of the drag). In some embodiments, the user maintains the pinch gesture while performing the drag input and releases the pinch gesture (e.g., spreading two or more fingers apart) to end the drag gesture (e.g., at the second position). In some embodiments, the pinch input and the drag input are performed by the same hand (e.g., the user pinches two or more fingers together to touch each other and moves the same hand to a second position in the air in a drag gesture). In some embodiments, the pinch input is performed by a first hand of the user and the drag input is performed by a second hand of the user (e.g., the second hand of the user moves from a first position to a second position in the air while the user continues the pinch input with the first hand of the user). In some embodiments, an input gesture that is an air gesture includes an input (e.g., a pinch input and / or a tap input) performed using both of a user's hands. For example, an input gesture includes two (e.g., or more) pinch inputs performed in conjunction with one another (e.g., simultaneously or within a predefined time period). For example, a first pinch gesture (e.g., a pinch input, a long pinch input, or a pinch and drag input) performed using a first hand of a user and a second pinch input performed using the other hand (e.g., a second hand of the user's two hands) in conjunction with performing the pinch input using the first hand. In some embodiments, a movement between a user's hands (e.g., to increase and / or decrease the distance or relative orientation between the user's hands).

[0102] In some embodiments, a tap input performed as an air gesture (e.g., directed towards a user interface element) includes a movement of a user's finger(s) towards the user interface element, a movement of a user's hand towards the user interface element, optionally with the user's finger(s) extended towards the user interface element, a downward movement of a user's finger (e.g., mimicking a mouse click action or a tap on a touch screen), or other predefined movement of the user's hand. In some embodiments, a tap input performed as an air gesture is detected based on movement characteristics of the finger or hand performing the tap gesture, moving the finger or hand away from the user's viewpoint and / or towards the object that is the target of the tap input followed by an end of the movement. In some embodiments, an end of the movement is detected based on a change in movement characteristics of the finger or hand performing the tap gesture (e.g., an end of the movement away from the user's viewpoint and / or towards the object that is the target of the tap input, a reversal of the finger or hand movement direction, and / or a reversal of the acceleration direction of the finger or hand movement).

[0103] In some embodiments, the user's attention is determined to be directed to a portion of the three-dimensional environment based on detection of a gaze directed to the portion of the three-dimensional environment (optionally without requiring other conditions). In some embodiments, the user's attention is determined to be directed to a portion of the three-dimensional environment based on detection of a gaze directed to the portion of the three-dimensional environment with one or more additional conditions, such as requiring the gaze to be directed to the portion of the three-dimensional environment for at least a threshold duration (e.g., dwell time) while the user's viewpoint is within a distance threshold from the portion of the three-dimensional environment for the device to determine that the user's attention is directed to the portion of the three-dimensional environment, and / or requiring the gaze to be directed to the portion of the three-dimensional environment, and if one of the additional conditions is not met, the device determines that the attention is not directed to the portion of the three-dimensional environment to which the gaze is directed (e.g., until one or more additional conditions are met).

[0104] In some embodiments, detection of a ready configuration of a user or a portion of a user is detected by the computer system. Detection of the ready configuration of the hands is used by the computer system as an indication that the user is likely preparing to interact with the computer system using one or more air gesture inputs performed by the hands (e.g., a pinch, tap, pinch and drag, double pinch, long pinch, or other air gestures described herein). For example, the ready state of a hand is determined based on whether the hand has a predefined hand geometry (e.g., a pre-pinch geometry with the thumb and one or more fingers extended and spaced apart, ready to perform a pinch or grab gesture, or a pre-tap with one or more fingers extended and the palm facing away from the user), whether the hand is in a predefined position relative to the user's viewpoint (e.g., under the user's head, on the user's waist, extended at least 15 cm, 20 cm, 25 cm, 30 cm, or 50 cm from the body), and / or whether the hand has moved in a particular manner (e.g., moved toward an area in front of the user, on the user's waist, under the user's head, or away from the user's body or legs). In some embodiments, the ready state is used to determine whether an interactive element of a user interface is responsive to attentional (e.g., gaze) input.

[0105] In some embodiments, the software may be downloaded in electronic form to the controller 110, for example over a network, or may alternatively be provided on a tangible non-transitory medium, such as an optical, magnetic, or electronic memory medium. In some embodiments, the database 408 is similarly stored in a memory associated with the controller 110. Alternatively or additionally, some or all of the described functionality of the computer may be implemented in dedicated hardware, such as a custom or semi-custom integrated circuit or a programmable digital signal processor (DSP). Although the controller 110 is shown in FIG. 4 as an example unit separate from the image sensor 404, some or all of the processing functionality of the controller may be performed by a suitable microprocessor and software, or by dedicated circuitry within the housing of the image sensor 404 (e.g., a hand tracking device), or otherwise associated with the image sensor 404. In some embodiments, at least some of these processing functions may be performed by a suitable processor integrated with the display generating component 120 (e.g., in a television set, handheld device, or head-mounted device), or with any other suitable computerized device, such as a game console or media player. The sensing functions of the image sensor 404 may similarly be integrated into a computer or other computerized device that is controlled by the sensor output.

[0106] FIG. 4 further includes a schematic diagram of a depth map 410 captured by the image sensor 404, according to some embodiments. The depth map includes a matrix of pixels with respective depth values, as described above. A pixel 412 corresponding to the hand 406 is segmented from the background and wrist in this map. The brightness of each pixel in the depth map 410 is inversely proportional to the depth value, i.e., the measured z-distance from the image sensor 404, with increasing gray levels as depth increases. The controller 110 processes these depth values ​​to identify and segment components of the image (i.e., groups of adjacent pixels) that have characteristics of a human hand. These characteristics can include, for example, the overall size, shape, and frame-to-frame motion of the sequence of depth maps.

[0107] 4 also illustrates, in accordance with some embodiments, a hand skeleton 414 that the controller 110 ultimately extracts from the depth map 410 of the hand 406. In FIG. 4, the hand skeleton 414 is superimposed on a hand background 416 that has been segmented from the original depth map. In some embodiments, key feature points on the hand (e.g., knuckles, fingertips, palm center, and / or end of the hand that connects to the wrist) and optionally the wrist or arm connected to the hand are identified and positioned on the hand skeleton 414. In some embodiments, the location and movement of these key feature points over multiple image frames are used by the controller 110 to determine hand gestures performed by the hand or the current state of the hand, according to some embodiments.

[0108] FIG. 5 illustrates an exemplary embodiment of the eye tracking device 130 (FIG. 1). In some embodiments, the eye tracking device 130 is controlled by the eye tracking unit 243 (FIG. 2) to track the position and movement of the user's gaze relative to the scene 105 or relative to the XR content displayed via the display generating component 120. In some embodiments, the eye tracking device 130 is integrated with the display generating component 120. For example, in some embodiments, if the display generating component 120 is a head-mounted device such as a headset, helmet, goggles, or glasses, or a handheld device disposed in a wearable frame, the head-mounted device includes both components for generating XR content for viewing by the user and components for tracking the user's gaze relative to the XR content. In some embodiments, the eye tracking device 130 is separate from the display generating component 120. For example, if the display generating component is a handheld device or an XR chamber, the eye tracking device 130 is, optionally, a separate device from the handheld device or the XR chamber. In some embodiments, the eye tracking device 130 is a head-mounted device or part of the head-mounted device. In some embodiments, the head-mounted eye tracking device 130 is optionally used in conjunction with head-mounted or non-head-mounted display generating components. In some embodiments, the eye tracking device 130 is not a head-mounted device, and is optionally used in combination with head-mounted display generating components. In some embodiments, the eye tracking device 130 is not a head-mounted device, and is optionally part of non-head-mounted display generating components.

[0109] In some embodiments, the display generating component 120 uses a display mechanism (e.g., left and right near-eye display panels) that displays frames including left and right images in front of the user's eyes to provide the user with a 3D virtual view. For example, the head-mounted display generating component may include left and right optical lenses (referred to herein as eyepieces) located between the display and the user's eyes. In some embodiments, the display generating component may include or be coupled to one or more external video cameras that capture video of the user's environment for display. In some embodiments, the head-mounted display generating component may have a transparent or semi-transparent display that allows the user to view the physical environment directly and display virtual objects on the transparent or semi-transparent display. In some embodiments, the display generating component projects virtual objects into the physical environment. The virtual objects are projected, for example, onto a physical surface or as a hologram, whereby an individual using the system can observe the virtual objects superimposed on the physical environment. In such cases, separate display panels and image frames for the left and right eyes may not be required.

[0110] As shown in FIG. 5, in some embodiments, eye tracking device 130 (e.g., gaze tracking device) includes at least one eye tracking camera (e.g., infrared (IR) camera or near-IR (NIR) camera) and an illumination source (e.g., an IR or NIR light source such as an array or ring of LEDs) that emits light (e.g., IR or NIR light) toward the user's eye. The eye tracking camera may be aimed at the user's eye to receive reflected IR or NIR light from the light source directly from the eye, or alternatively, may be aimed at a "hot" mirror disposed between the user's eye and a display panel that reflects the IR or NIR light from the eye to the eye tracking camera while allowing visible light to pass through. Eye tracking device 130 optionally captures images of the user's eye (e.g., as a video stream captured at 60-120 frames per second (fps)), analyzes the images to generate eye tracking information, and communicates the eye tracking information to controller 110. In some embodiments, the user's eyes are tracked separately by respective eye tracking cameras and illumination sources. In some embodiments, only one eye of the user is tracked by a separate eye tracking camera and lighting source.

[0111] In some embodiments, the eye tracking device 130 is calibrated using a device-specific calibration process to determine the parameters of the eye tracking device for the particular operating environment 100, e.g., 3D geometric relationships and parameters of the LEDs, camera, hot mirror (if present), eyepiece, and display screen. The device-specific calibration process may be performed at a factory or another facility prior to delivery of the AR / VR equipment to an end user. The device-specific calibration process may be an automatic calibration process or a manual calibration process. The user-specific calibration process may include estimation of the particular user's eye parameters, e.g., pupil location, fovea location, optical axis, visual axis, and / or eye spacing. According to some embodiments, once the device-specific and user-specific parameters of the eye tracking device 130 are determined, images captured by the eye tracking camera may be processed using glint-assisted methods to determine the user's current visual axis and gaze point relative to the display.

[0112] As shown in FIG. 5, eye tracking device 130 (e.g., 130A or 130B) includes an eyepiece(s) 520 and a gaze tracking system including at least one eye tracking camera 540 (e.g., an infrared (IR) or near-IR (NIR) camera) positioned on the side of the user's face where eye tracking occurs and an illumination source 530 (e.g., an IR or NIR light source such as an array or ring of NIR light emitting diodes (LEDs)) that emits light (e.g., IR or NIR light) toward the user's eye(s) 592. The eye tracking camera 540 may be located between the user's eye(s) 592 and the display 510 (e.g., a left or right display panel of a head-mounted display, or a display of a handheld device, and / or a projector) and may be pointed at a mirror 550 that reflects IR or NIR light from the eye(s) 592 while transmitting visible light (e.g., as shown at the top of FIG. 5), or may be pointed at the user's eye(s) 592 to receive reflected IR or NIR light from the eye(s) 592 (e.g., as shown at the bottom of FIG. 5).

[0113] In some embodiments, the controller 110 renders AR or VR frames 562 (e.g., left and right frames for left and right display panels) and provides the frames 562 to the display 510. The controller 110 uses gaze tracking input 542 from the eye tracking camera 540 for various purposes, e.g., in processing the frames 562 for display. The controller 110 optionally estimates the user's viewpoint on the display 510 based on the gaze tracking input 542 obtained from the eye tracking camera 540, using a glint-assisted method or other suitable method. The viewpoint estimated from the gaze tracking input 542 is optionally used to determine the direction in which the user is currently looking.

[0114] Below, some possible use cases of the user's current gaze direction are described, which are not intended to be limiting. As an exemplary use case, the controller 110 can render virtual content differently based on the determined user's gaze direction. For example, the controller 110 can generate virtual content with higher resolution in a central visual area determined from the user's current gaze direction than in a peripheral area. As another example, the controller can position or move virtual content in a view based at least in part on the user's current gaze direction. As another example, the controller can display certain virtual content in a view based at least in part on the user's current gaze direction. As another exemplary use case in an AR application, the controller 110 can orient an external camera to capture the physical environment of the XR experience and focus in the determined direction. The autofocus mechanism of the external camera can then focus on an object or surface in the environment that the user is currently looking at on the display 510. As another exemplary use case, the eyepiece 520 may be a focusable lens, and the eye tracking information is used by the controller to adjust the focus of the eyepiece 520 so that the virtual object the user is currently looking at has the proper binocular coordination to match the convergence of the user's eyes 592. The controller 110 can leverage the eye tracking information to orient and focus the eyepiece 520 so that a nearby object the user is looking at appears at the correct distance.

[0115] In some embodiments, the eye tracking device is part of a head mounted device that includes a display (e.g., display 510), two eyepieces (e.g., eyepiece(s) 520), an eye tracking camera (e.g., eye tracking camera(s) 540), and a light source (e.g., light source 530 (e.g., IR LED or NIR LED)) attached to the wearable housing. The light source emits light (e.g., IR light or NIR light) toward the user's eye(s) 592. In some embodiments, the light sources may be arranged in a ring or circle around each lens, as shown in FIG. 5. In some embodiments, eight light sources 530 (e.g., LEDs) are arranged around each lens 520 as an example. However, more or fewer light sources 530 may be used, and other arrangements and locations of the light sources 530 may be used.

[0116] In some embodiments, the display 510 emits light in the visible light range and not in the IR or NIR ranges, and therefore does not introduce noise into the eye tracking system. Note that the locations and angles of the eye tracking camera(s) 540 are given by way of example and are not intended to be limiting. In some embodiments, a single eye tracking camera 540 is located on each side of the user's face. In some embodiments, two or more NIR cameras 540 may be used on each side of the user's face. In some embodiments, a camera 540 with a wider field of view (FOV) and a camera 540 with a narrower FOV may be used on each side of the user's face. In some embodiments, a camera 540 operating at one wavelength (e.g., 850 nm) and a camera 540 operating at a different wavelength (e.g., 940 nm) may be used on each side of the user's face.

[0117] Embodiments of an eye tracking system such as that shown in FIG. 5 may be used, for example, in computer-generated reality, virtual reality, and / or mixed reality applications to provide a user with a computer-generated reality, virtual reality, augmented reality, and / or augmented virtual experience.

[0118] FIG. 6 illustrates a glint-assisted gaze tracking pipeline according to some embodiments. In some embodiments, the gaze tracking pipeline is realized by a glint-assisted gaze tracking system (e.g., eye tracking device 130 as shown in FIG. 1 and FIG. 5). The glint-assisted gaze tracking system can maintain a tracking state. Initially, the tracking state is off or "no". When in the tracking state, the glint-assisted gaze tracking system tracks the pupil contour and glint in the current frame using prior information from the previous frame when analyzing the current frame. When not in the tracking state, the glint-assisted gaze tracking system attempts to detect the pupil and glint in the current frame, and if successful, initializes the tracking state to "yes" and continues to the next frame in the tracking state.

[0119] As shown in FIG. 6, an eye tracking camera can capture left and right images of a user's left and right eyes. The captured images are then input into an eye tracking pipeline for processing beginning at 610. As indicated by the arrow returning to element 600, the eye tracking system can continue to capture images of the user's eyes at a rate of, for example, 60-120 frames per second. In some embodiments, each set of captured images may be input into the pipeline for processing. However, in some embodiments, or under some conditions, not all captured frames are processed by the pipeline.

[0120] At 610, if the tracking status is yes for the current captured image, the method proceeds to element 640. If the tracking status is no at 610, the image is analyzed to detect the user's pupil and glint in the image, as shown at 620. If the pupil and glint are successfully detected at 630, the method proceeds to element 640. If not, the method returns to element 610 to process the next image of the user's eye.

[0121] At 640, proceeding from element 610, the current frame is analyzed to track pupils and glints based in part on previous information from previous frames. At 640, proceeding from element 630, a tracking state is initialized based on the detected pupils and glints in the current frame. The results of the processing at element 640 are checked to ensure that the tracking or detection results are reliable. For example, the results can be checked to determine whether a sufficient number of glints are successfully tracked or detected in the current frame to perform pupil and gaze estimation. At 650, if the results are not reliable, the tracking state is set to no at element 660 and the method returns to element 610 to process the next image of the user's eyes. At 650, if the results are reliable, the method proceeds to element 670. At 670, the tracking state is set to yes (if not already yes) and the pupil and glint information is passed to element 680 to estimate the user's gaze point.

[0122] 6 is intended to serve as an example of eye-tracking technology that may be used in certain implementations. As will be recognized by those skilled in the art, other eye-tracking technologies, either currently existing or developed in the future, may be used in place of or in combination with the glint-assisted eye-tracking technology described herein in computer system 101 to provide a user with an XR experience according to various embodiments.

[0123] In some embodiments, the captured portion of the real-world environment 602 is used to provide the user with an XR experience, e.g., a mixed reality environment in which one or more virtual objects are overlaid on a representation of the real-world environment 602.

[0124] Thus, the description herein describes some embodiments of a three-dimensional environment (e.g., an XR environment) that includes representations of real-world objects and representations of virtual objects. For example, the three-dimensional environment optionally includes a representation of a table present in a physical environment that is captured and displayed in the three-dimensional environment (e.g., actively via a camera and display of the computer system, or passively via a transparent or semi-transparent display of the computer system). As described above, the three-dimensional environment is optionally a mixed reality system based on a physical environment where the three-dimensional environment is captured by one or more sensors of the computer system and displayed via a display generation component. As a mixed reality system, the computer system can optionally display portions and / or objects of the physical environment such that each portion and / or object of the physical environment appears to exist in the three-dimensional environment displayed by the computer system. Similarly, the computer system can optionally display virtual objects in the three-dimensional environment such that each portion and / or object of the physical environment appears to exist in the real world (e.g., the physical environment) by placing the virtual objects at respective locations in the three-dimensional environment that have corresponding locations in the real world. For example, the computer system optionally displays the vase so that it appears as if the real vase were placed on a table in the physical environment, hi some embodiments, distinct locations in the three-dimensional environment have corresponding locations in the physical environment.Thus, when a computer system is described as displaying a virtual object at a discrete location relative to a physical object (e.g., at or near the location of a user's hand, or on or near a physical table, etc.), the computer system displays the virtual object at a particular location in the three-dimensional environment such that the virtual object appears to be at or near the physical object in the physical world (e.g., the virtual object is displayed at a location in the three-dimensional environment that corresponds to the location in the physical environment where the virtual object would be displayed if the virtual object were a real object at that particular location).

[0125] In some embodiments, real-world objects that exist in the physical environment that are displayed in the three-dimensional environment (e.g., and / or that are visible via a display generation component) can interact with virtual objects that exist only in the three-dimensional environment. For example, the three-dimensional environment can include a table and a vase placed on the table, where the table is a view (or representation) of the physical table in the physical environment and the vase is a virtual object.

[0126] Similarly, the user can optionally use one or more hands to interact with virtual objects in the three-dimensional environment as if the virtual objects were real objects in the physical environment. For example, as described above, one or more sensors of the computer system optionally capture one or more of the user's hands and display a representation of the user's hands in the three-dimensional environment (e.g., in a manner similar to displaying real-world objects in the three-dimensional environment described above), or, in some embodiments, due to the transparency / semi-transparency of the user interface, or the projection of the user interface onto a transparent / semi-transparent surface, or the portion of the display generating components displaying the projection of the user interface to the user's eye or the field of view of the user's eye, the user's hands are visible through the display generating components by the ability to see the physical environment through the user interface. Thus, in some embodiments, the user's hands are displayed at separate locations in the three-dimensional environment and are processed as if they were objects in the three-dimensional environment that can interact with virtual objects in the three-dimensional environment as if they were actual physical objects in the physical environment. In some embodiments, the computer system can update the display of the representation of the user's hands in the three-dimensional environment in conjunction with the movement of the user's hands in the physical environment.

[0127] In some of the embodiments described below, the computer system is optionally capable of determining an "effective" distance between a physical object in the physical world and a virtual object in the three-dimensional environment, for example, for purposes of determining whether the physical object is directly interacting with the virtual object (e.g., whether a hand is touching, gripping, and / or holding a virtual object, or within a threshold distance of the virtual object). For example, a hand directly interacting with a virtual object optionally includes one or more of a finger of a hand pressing a virtual button, a user's hand gripping a virtual vase, two fingers of a user's hand pinching / holding together an application's user interface, and any of the other types of interactions described herein. For example, when determining whether and / or how a user is interacting with a virtual object, the computer system optionally determines the distance between the user's hand and the virtual object. In some embodiments, the computer system determines the distance between the user's hand and the virtual object by determining the distance between the location of the hand in the three-dimensional environment and the location of the target virtual object in the three-dimensional environment. For example, one or more hands of a user are positioned at a particular position in the physical world, which the computer system optionally captures and displays at a particular corresponding position in the three-dimensional environment (e.g., the position in the three-dimensional environment at which the hand is displayed, if the hand is a virtual hand rather than a physical hand). The position of the hand in the three-dimensional environment is optionally compared to the position of a target virtual object in the three-dimensional environment to determine a distance between the user's one or more hands and the virtual object. In some embodiments, the computer system optionally determines the distance between the physical object and the virtual object by comparing positions in the physical world (e.g., as opposed to comparing positions in the three-dimensional environment).For example, when determining the distance between one or more hands of a user and a virtual object, the computer system optionally determines a corresponding location in the physical world of the virtual object (e.g., a position where the virtual object would be located in the physical world if the virtual object were a physical object rather than a virtual object), and then determines the distance between the corresponding physical position and the one or more hands of the user. In some embodiments, the same technique is optionally used to determine the distance between any physical object and any virtual object. Thus, as described herein, when determining whether a physical object is in contact with a virtual object or whether a physical object is within a threshold distance of a virtual object, the computer system optionally performs any of the techniques described above to map the location of the physical object to the three-dimensional environment and / or to map the location of the virtual object to the physical environment.

[0128] In some embodiments, the same or similar techniques are used to determine where and what a user's gaze is directed at and / or where and what a physical stylus held by the user is directed at. For example, if a user's gaze is directed at a particular position in the physical environment, the computer system optionally determines a corresponding position in the three-dimensional environment (e.g., a virtual position of the gaze), and if a virtual object is located at that corresponding virtual position, the computer system optionally determines that the user's gaze is directed at that virtual object. Similarly, the computer system can optionally determine where the stylus is pointing in the physical environment based on the orientation of the physical stylus. In some embodiments, based on this determination, the computer system determines a corresponding virtual position in the three-dimensional environment that corresponds to the location in the physical environment where the stylus is pointing, and optionally determines that the stylus is pointing to the corresponding virtual position in the three-dimensional environment.

[0129] Similarly, the embodiments described herein may refer to the location of a user (e.g., a user of a computer system) and / or the location of the computer system within a three-dimensional environment. In some embodiments, a user of the computer system is holding, wearing, or otherwise located at or near the computer system. Thus, in some embodiments, the location of the computer system is used as a proxy for the location of the user. In some embodiments, the location of the computer system and / or the user within the physical environment corresponds to a distinct location within the three-dimensional environment. For example, if the user stands at a location facing a distinct portion of the physical environment that is visible by the display generating components, the location of the computer system is a location within the physical environment (and its corresponding location within the three-dimensional environment) where the user can view or see objects within the physical environment in the same position, orientation, and / or size (e.g., absolutely and / or relative to each other) as the objects are displayed by the display generating components of the computer system within the three-dimensional environment. Similarly, if the virtual objects displayed in the three-dimensional environment were physical objects in the physical environment (e.g., the virtual objects are located in the same physical environment location and have the same physical environment size and orientation as in the three-dimensional environment), the location of the computer system and / or user is the position at which the user would see the virtual objects in the physical environment in the same position, orientation, and / or size (e.g., absolutely and / or relative to each other, and to real-world objects) as they were displayed by the display generation components of the computer system in the three-dimensional environment.

[0130] In the present disclosure, various input methods are described with respect to interaction with a computer system. If one example is provided using one input device or input method and another example is provided using another input device or input method, it should be understood that each example may be compatible with and optionally utilize the input device or input method described with respect to the other example. Similarly, various output methods are described with respect to interaction with a computer system. If one example is provided using one output device or output method and another example is provided using another output device or output method, it should be understood that each example may be compatible with and optionally utilize the output device or output method described with respect to the other example. Similarly, various methods are described with respect to interaction with a virtual environment or a mixed reality environment via a computer system. If one example is provided using interaction with a virtual environment and another example is provided using a mixed reality environment, it should be understood that each example may be compatible with and optionally utilize the method described with respect to the other example. Thus, the present disclosure discloses embodiments that are combinations of features of multiple examples without exhaustively listing all features of the embodiments in the description of each exemplary embodiment. User Interface and Related Processes

[0131] Attention now turns to embodiments of user interfaces ("UI") and associated processes that may be implemented on a computer system, such as a portable multifunction device or a head-mounted device, in communication with display generating components and one or more input devices.

[0132] Figures 7A-7H illustrate example techniques for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of Figures 7A-7H are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes of Figures 8A-8L.

[0133] 7A illustrates computer system 101 displaying a three-dimensional environment 701 from a user's perspective via a display generating component (e.g., display generating component 120 of FIG. 1). As described above with reference to FIGS. 1-6, computer system 101 optionally includes a display generating component (e.g., a touch screen) and a number of image sensors 314 (e.g., image sensor 314 of FIG. 3). Image sensor 314 optionally includes one or more of a visible light camera, an infrared camera, a depth sensor, or any other sensor that computer system 101 can use to capture one or more images of a user or a part of a user (e.g., one or more hands of a user) while the user is interacting with computer system 101. In some embodiments, the user interface shown and described below may also be realized on a head mounted display that includes display generating components that display the user interface or three-dimensional environment to the user, and sensors (e.g., external sensors facing outward from the user) and / or the user's line of sight (e.g., internal sensors facing inward toward the user's face) to detect the physical environment and / or movements of the user's hands, such as movements that are interpreted by the computer system as gestures, such as air gestures. It should be understood that in some embodiments, one or more of the techniques described herein are applied to two-dimensional environments without departing from the scope of this disclosure.

[0134] In FIG. 7A , computer system 101 presents scrollable content 702 via display generation component 120. In some embodiments, scrollable content 702 includes textual content 707 and additional content 705. For example, scrollable content 702 is an article, textual content 707 is the text of the article, and additional content 705 is an embedded advertisement and / or one or more links to related articles. In some embodiments, scrollable content includes first scrolling region 704 and second scrolling region 706. As described in more detail below, computer system 101 scrolls scrollable content 702 in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward first scrolling region 704 or second scrolling region 706 without detecting a ready state of the user's hand. In some embodiments, detecting a ready state of the user's hand includes detecting a ready state associated with an air gesture, as described in more detail above. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward an area of ​​scrollable content 702 between scroll regions 704 and 706, the computer system maintains the display of scrollable content 702 without scrolling the scrollable content.

[0135] As shown in Figure 7A, in some embodiments, scroll regions 704 and 706 are adjacent to the boundaries of the scrollable content 702. For example, the scrollable content 702 is vertically scrollable, such that the first scroll region 704 is at the top of the scrollable content 702 and the second scroll region 706 is at the bottom of the scrollable content 702. As shown in Figure 7A, the first scroll region 704 at the top of the scrollable content 702 is smaller than the second scroll region 706 at the bottom of the scrollable content 702. In some embodiments, if the scrollable content 702 were horizontally scrollable, the scrollable content 702 would include a left scroll region and a right scroll region (e.g., instead of or in addition to an upper scroll region, such as the first scroll region 704, and a lower scroll region, such as the second scroll region 706).

[0136] As shown in Figure 7A, the computer system 101 detects a user's gaze 713a directed toward the second scrolling region 706. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user's gaze 713a directed toward the second scrolling region 706, the computer system 101 scrolls the scrollable content 702 down, as shown in Figure 7B.

[0137] 7B illustrates how the computer system 101 scrolls the scrollable content 702 in response to detecting the user's gaze 713a directed toward the second scroll region 706 of FIG. 7A. As shown in FIG. 7B, in response to detecting the user's gaze 713a of FIG. 7A directed toward the second scroll region 706 at the bottom of the scrollable content 702, the computer system 101 scrolls the scrollable content 702 down (e.g., moves the scrollable content 702 up to reveal the additional scrollable content 702 at the bottom of the scrollable content 702). In some embodiments, if the user's gaze was directed toward the first scroll region 704 at the top of the scrollable content 702, the computer system 101 scrolls the scrollable content 702 up (e.g., moves the scrollable content 702 down to reveal the additional scrollable content 702 at the top of the scrollable content 702).

[0138] In some embodiments, the acceleration and / or speed of scrolling is different when scrolling up (e.g., in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the first scrolling region 704) than when scrolling down (e.g., in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the second scrolling region 706). In some embodiments, the acceleration and / or speed of scrolling is faster when scrolling up (e.g., in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the first scrolling region 704) than when scrolling down (e.g., in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the second scrolling region 706). In some embodiments, the acceleration and / or speed of scrolling is slower when scrolling up (e.g., in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the first scrolling region 704) than when scrolling down (e.g., in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the second scrolling region 706).

[0139] In some embodiments, in response to detecting a transition of the user's gaze 713a from not being directed toward one of the scroll regions 704 or 706 to being directed toward one of the scroll regions 704 or 706, the computer system 101 gradually increases the scroll speed of the scrollable content 702 from not scrolling to scrolling at the respective scroll speed. As described above, the respective scroll speed is based on which of the two scroll regions 704 or 706 the user's gaze is directed toward. In some embodiments, the respective scroll speed is based on a distance from an edge of the scrollable content 702 in the scroll region 704 or 706 at which the user's gaze is detected. For example, in response to detecting the user's gaze 713a in the second scroll region 706 at the position shown in FIG. 7A , the computer system 101 scrolls the scrollable content 702 at a first speed. In Figure 7B, the computer system 101 detects a user's gaze 713b directed to a different location in the second scrolling region 706 that is closer to an edge (e.g., a bottom edge) of the scrollable content 702 as compared to the location of the user's gaze 713a shown in Figure 7A. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user's gaze 713b at a position in the second scrolling region 706 shown in Figure 7B, the computer system 101 scrolls the scrollable content 702 at a faster rate than the rate of scrolling in response to the gaze 713a in the second scrolling region 706 as shown in Figure 7A.

[0140] Figure 7C illustrates computer system 101 scrolling scrollable content 702 in response to a user's gaze 713b directed to a position within second scroll region 706 shown in Figure 7B. Because user's gaze 713b in Figure 7B is closer to a boundary (e.g., bottom edge) of scrollable content 702 than the location of user's gaze 713a in Figure 7A, the amount of scrolling illustrated in Figure 7C is greater than the amount of scrolling illustrated in Figure 7B.

[0141] In some embodiments, the computer system 101 stops scrolling the scrollable content 702 in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward a portion of the scrollable content 702 outside the scroll region 704 or 706, or in response to detecting the user's hand in a ready state while the user's gaze is directed toward one of the scroll regions 704 or 706. For example, FIG. 7C illustrates a user's gaze 713d directed toward a portion of the scrollable content 702 that is not included in the first scroll region 704 or the second scroll region 706. FIG. 7C also illustrates the user's hand 703a in a ready state (e.g., "hand state A") while the user's gaze 713c is directed toward the second scroll region 706 of the scrollable content 702. In response to detecting the user's gaze 713d illustrated in FIG. 7C, or the ready state of the user's gaze 713c and hand 703a illustrated in FIG. 7C, the computer system 101 stops scrolling the scrollable content, as illustrated in FIG. 7D.

[0142] 7D illustrates computer system 101 maintaining display of scrollable content 702 without scrolling scrollable content 702 in response to one of the inputs described above with respect to FIG. 7C. In some embodiments, when stopping scrolling of scrollable content 702, computer system 101 gradually decelerates scrolling of scrollable content 702 until scrolling stops.

[0143] 7D also illustrates the computer system 101 detecting an input provided by a user's hand 703b to scroll the scrollable content 702. In some embodiments, the input to scroll the scrollable content 702 includes detecting a user's gaze 713e and hand movement (e.g., an air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) 703b directed toward the scrollable content 702 while the hand 703b is in a pinch hand shape with the thumb touching or within a threshold distance (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, or 1 centimeter) of touching another finger of the hand 703b ("hand state C"). For example, in Figure 7D, the computer system 101 detects that the hand 703b is moving upward while in a pinch hand shape while the user's gaze 713e is directed at the scrollable content 702, and in response, scrolls the scrollable content 702 downward (e.g., by moving the scrollable content 702 upward to reveal additional scrollable content 702 at the bottom of the scrollable content 702), as shown in Figure 7E. Although Figure 7D shows the user's gaze 713e directed at a portion of the scrollable content 702 that is not within scroll regions 704 or 706, in some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content 702 in response to input that includes the movement of the hand 703b and the user's gaze directed at one of the scroll regions 704 or 706 of the scrollable content 702.

[0144] FIG. 7E illustrates how the computer system 101 updates the display of the scrollable content 702 by scrolling the scrollable content 702 in response to the input illustrated in FIG. 7D, as described above. In FIG. 7E, the computer system 101 detects an input to scroll the scrollable content 702 up, provided by the user's hand 703c while the user's gaze 713f is directed at the scrollable content 702. As illustrated in FIG. 7E, the computer system 101 detects that the hand 703c is moving down while in a pinch hand shape (e.g., "hand state C") while the user's gaze 713f is directed at the scrollable content 702. In response to the scroll input illustrated in FIG. 7E, the computer system 101 scrolls the scrollable content 702 up (e.g., by moving the scrollable content 702 down to reveal additional scrollable content 702 at the top of the scrollable content 702), as illustrated in FIG. 7F. Although FIG. 7E shows a user's gaze 713f directed toward a portion of the scrollable content 702 that is not within scroll region 704 or 706, in some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content 702 in response to inputs including the movement of a hand 703c and a user's gaze directed toward one of the scroll regions 704 or 706 of the scrollable content 702.

[0145] FIG 7F illustrates how computer system 101 updates the display of scrollable content 702 by scrolling scrollable content 702 in response to the inputs shown in FIG 7E, as described above. In some embodiments, computer system 101 scrolls scrollable content 702 down in response to the scroll input provided by the user's hand by an amount that is greater than the amount computer system 101 scrolls scrollable content 702 up in response to a scroll input provided by the user's hand for the same amount of hand movement (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) in the opposite direction. For example, the amount of movement of hand (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) 703b shown in FIG 7D is the same as the amount of movement of hand (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) 703c in FIG 7E, but the amount of scrolling of scrollable content 702 in FIG 7E in response to the inputs in FIG 7D is greater than the amount of scrolling of scrollable content 702 in FIG 7F in response to the inputs in FIG 7E. In some embodiments, the “amount” of hand movement (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) includes the amount of distance, duration, and / or velocity of the hand movement (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) while in a pinch configuration and the user's gaze is directed towards the scrollable content 702 to provide scrolling input directed towards the scrollable content 702.

[0146] In some embodiments, the computer system 101, in response to an input for scrolling the scrollable content 702 provided by a user's hand, such as the input shown in FIG. 7D or FIG. 7E, increases the speed of scrolling as the hand moves further from the location where the pinch hand shape was initiated. For example, in response to detecting a first amount of movement of the hand (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) from the location of the hand when the pinch hand shape was initiated, the computer system 101 scrolls the scrollable content 702 at a first speed, and optionally continues to scroll at the first speed while the hand remains at the updated location after the first amount of movement of the hand. In this example, in response to detecting a second amount of movement (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) that is greater than the first amount of movement of the hand from the location of the hand when the pinch hand shape was initiated, the computer system 101 scrolls the scrollable content 702 at a second speed that is greater than the first speed, and optionally continues to scroll at the second speed while the hand remains at the updated location after the second amount of movement.

[0147] In some embodiments, computer system 101 scrolls scrollable content 702 in response to detecting hand movement (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) in a pinch hand configuration while the user's gaze is directed at scrollable content 702 according to a determination that the hand movement (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) while the hand is in the pinch hand configuration meets one or more criteria. In some embodiments, if the amount of movement (e.g., speed, distance, and / or duration of the movement) is less than a predetermined threshold amount, computer system 101 maintains display of scrollable content 702 without scrolling scrollable content 702. Exemplary thresholds are provided below with reference to method 800 and FIGS. 8A-8L. In some embodiments, if the hand movement (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) in the pinch configuration is downward and exceeds a threshold speed, computer system 101 maintains display of scrollable content 702 without scrolling scrollable content 702. Exemplary threshold velocities are provided below with reference to method 800 and Figures 8A-8L.

[0148] In some embodiments, computer system 101 selects one or more selectable user interface elements displayed via display generation component 120 in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the selectable user interface elements while detecting a pinch gesture performed with the user's hand. In some embodiments, the one or more selectable user interface elements are selectable options, representations of content items, application icons, user interface containers (e.g., windows), hyperlinks, etc. Exemplary actions performed in response to selection of these elements include navigating the user interface, presenting an item of content, saving or opening a file or document, initiating communication with another computer system, changing settings of the computer system, updating the current input focus, etc.

[0149] 7G illustrates computer system 101 presenting textual content 707 of scrollable content 702 without displaying additional content 705 of scrollable content 702 in a reader mode of computer system 101. The examples illustrated in FIGS. 7A-7F above are examples of computer system 101 presenting scrollable content 702 in a browse mode, including textual content 707 and additional content 705. In some embodiments, computer system 101 transitions between displaying the content in a reader mode and displaying the content in a browse mode in response to one or more user inputs.

[0150] In some embodiments, while the computer system 101 is displaying the textual content 707 of the scrollable content in a reader mode, as shown in FIG. 7G, the computer system 101 is configured to scroll the textual content 707 according to the user's gaze being directed to the first scroll region 708 or the second scroll region 710 in a manner similar to that described above with reference to FIGS. 7A-7D for the browsing mode. In some embodiments, the computer system 101 is also configured to scroll the textual content 707 line by line in response to detecting that the user is reading the textual content 707. In some situations, when people read text, when they finish reading a line of text, they direct their gaze to the beginning of the next line by moving their gaze along the line from the end of the just-read line to the beginning of the just-read line before looking at the next line. In FIG. 7G, the computer system 101 detects the user's gaze 713h moving from the end of a line of the textual content 707 toward the beginning of the line. In response to detecting the movement of gaze 713h shown in Figure 7G, computer system 101 scrolls text content 707 (e.g., by one line) as shown in Figure 7H. In some embodiments, computer system 101 scrolls text content 707 in response to the movement of gaze 713h shown in Figure 7G regardless of whether the user's hand is detected in a ready state or not.

[0151] Figure 7H illustrates computer system 101 displaying text content 707 after scrolling text content 707 in accordance with the movement of user's gaze 713h shown in Figure 7G. As shown in Figure 7H, in some embodiments, computer system 101 scrolls text content 707 by one line of text content 707 in response to the movement of gaze 713h shown in Figure 7G.

[0152] In some embodiments, the computer system 101 displays a word definition 712 in response to detecting a user's gaze directed at the word for at least a predetermined threshold time. Exemplary time thresholds are provided below with reference to the method 800 and FIGS. 8A-8L. For example, in FIG. 7H, the computer system 101 detects a user's gaze 713i directed at the word for the time threshold and, in response, displays the word definition 712 overlaid on top of the textual content 707. In some embodiments, the computer system 101 similarly displays the word definition while displaying the scrollable content 702 including the textual content 707 and the additional content 705 in the browsing mode shown in FIGS. 7A-7F. Additional description regarding FIGS. 7A-7H is provided below with reference to the method 800 described with reference to FIGS. 7A-7H.

[0153] 8A-8L are flow diagrams of methods for scrolling scrollable content in response to various user inputs, according to various embodiments. In some embodiments, method 800 is performed on a computer system (e.g., computer system 101 of FIG. 1) that includes a display generating component (e.g., display generating component 120 of FIGS. 1, 3, and 4). In some embodiments, method 800 is governed by instructions stored on a non-transitory (or transitory) computer-readable storage medium and executed by one or more processors of the computer system, such as one or more processors 202 of computer system 101 (e.g., control 110 of FIG. 1A). Some operations of method 800 are, optionally, combined and / or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

[0154] In some embodiments, the method 800 is performed on a computer system (e.g., 101) in communication with a display generating component and one or more input devices (e.g., 314), such as in FIG. 7A (e.g., a mobile device (e.g., a tablet, smartphone, media player, or wearable device), or a computer). In some embodiments, the display generating component is a display (optionally a touch screen display) integrated with the computer system, an external display such as a monitor, projector, television, or a hardware component (optionally integrated or external) for projecting a user interface or making the user interface visible to one or more users. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices include a computer system or component capable of receiving user input (e.g., capturing user input and / or detecting user input) and transmitting information associated with the user input to the computer system. Examples of input devices include a touch screen, a mouse (e.g., external), a track pad (optionally integrated or external), a touch pad (optionally integrated or external), a remote control device (e.g., external), another mobile device (e.g., separate from the computer system), a handheld device (e.g., external), a controller (e.g., external), a camera, a depth sensor, an eye tracking device, and / or a motion sensor (e.g., a hand tracking device and / or a hand motion sensor). In some embodiments, the computer system communicates with a hand tracking device (e.g., one or more cameras, depth sensors, proximity sensors, and / or touch sensors (e.g., a touch screen or track pad)). In some embodiments, the hand tracking device is a wearable device such as a smart glove. In some embodiments, the hand tracking device is a handheld input device such as a remote control or a stylus.

[0155] In some embodiments, such as FIG. 7A, a computer system (e.g., 101) displays (802a) a user interface (e.g., 702) including scrollable content (e.g., 705 or 707) via a display generating component. In some embodiments, the scrollable content includes text and / or images. In some embodiments, the scrollable content exceeds a size of the scrollable user interface element in which the scrollable content is displayed. In some embodiments, in response to a request to scroll the scrollable content, the computer system ceases displaying a first portion of the scrollable content and begins displaying a second portion of the content, optionally while maintaining display of a third portion of the content within the scrollable user interface element. In some embodiments, the scrollable content is displayed within a three-dimensional environment. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional environment includes virtual objects, such as application windows, operating system elements, representations of other users, and / or representations of content items and physical objects in the computer system's physical environment. In some embodiments, representations of the physical objects are displayed in the three-dimensional environment via a display generating component (e.g., virtual pass-through or video pass-through). In some embodiments, the representation of the physical object is a view of the physical object in the computer system's physical environment that is visible through a transparent portion of the display generating component (e.g., true pass-through or actual pass-through). In some embodiments, the computer system displays the three-dimensional environment from the user's perspective at a location in the three-dimensional environment that corresponds to the computer system's physical location in the computer system's physical environment. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional environment is generated, displayed, or otherwise made viewable by a device (e.g., a computer-generated reality (CGR) environment, such as a virtual reality (VR) environment, a mixed reality (MR) environment, or an augmented reality (AR) environment).

[0156] In some embodiments, such as FIG. 7A, a computer system (e.g., 101) detects (802b) a user's gaze (e.g., 713a) directed toward scrollable content (e.g., 705 or 707) via one or more input devices (e.g., eye tracking device 314).

[0157] In some embodiments, such as FIG. 7C, in response to detecting (802c) a user's gaze (e.g., 713d) directed at the scrollable content, in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze (e.g., 713d) is directed at a first region of the scrollable content (e.g., 707), the computer system (e.g., 101) maintains (e.g., 802d) a display of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) without scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707). In some embodiments, the first region of the scrollable content is away from one or more directions in which the scrollable content is scrollable. For example, if the scrollable content is vertically scrollable, the first region of the scrollable content is a region of the scrollable content between a top and a bottom of the scrollable content. As another example, if the scrollable content is horizontally scrollable, the first region of the scrollable content is a region of the scrollable content between a left portion and a right portion of the scrollable content. In some embodiments, the computer system detects a user's gaze directed at the scrollable content, but the computer system does not detect additional input (e.g., via one or more input devices other than the eye tracking device) corresponding to a request to scroll the content.

[0158] In some embodiments, such as FIG. 7B, in response to detecting (802c) a user's gaze (e.g., 713b) directed toward the scrollable content (e.g., 707), the computer system (e.g., 101) scrolls (802e) the scrollable content (e.g., 707) according to the user's gaze (e.g., 713b) in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze (e.g., 713b) is directed toward a second region (e.g., 706) that is different from the first region of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) and that a distinct portion of the user (e.g., a hand or a head) meets the respective criteria. In some embodiments, a distinct portion of the user meets the respective criteria when the distinct portion of the user is in a predefined pose relative to the user's torso or another reference point (e.g., in the three-dimensional environment). For example, the user's hand meets the respective criteria when it is at the user's side, in the user's lap, or otherwise not elevated (e.g., outside a predefined region of the three-dimensional environment with a distinct spatial orientation relative to the user's torso).

[0159] In some embodiments, such as FIG. 7C , in response to detecting (802c) a user's gaze (e.g., 713c) directed toward the scrollable content (e.g., 707), in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze (e.g., 713c) is directed toward the second region (e.g., 706) and that a distinct portion of the user (e.g., 703a) does not meet the respective criteria, the computer system (e.g., 101) maintains (802f) the display of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) without scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707). In some embodiments, the second region faces one or more directions in which the scrollable content is scrollable. For example, if the scrollable content is vertically scrollable, the second region of the scrollable content is a top region or a bottom region of the scrollable content. As another example, if the scrollable content is horizontally scrollable, the second region of the scrollable content is a left region or a right region of the scrollable content. In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content to reveal a portion of the scrollable content that was not displayed when the user's gaze was (e.g., initially) detected, and displays that portion of the scrollable content in a second region or in a region proximate to the second region. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward a first region of the scrollable content, the computer system scrolls the content in a first direction to reveal a new portion of the content at a location in the first region or in a location proximate to the first region. In some embodiments, as described in more detail below, in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward a second region of the scrollable content, the computer system scrolls the content in a second direction to reveal a new portion of the content at a location in the second region or in a location proximate to the second region.

[0160] Scrolling scrollable content according to a user's gaze improves user interaction with a computer system by providing an efficient way to navigate scrollable content and reducing the number of inputs required to perform actions (e.g., scrolling according to gaze instead of scrolling according to inputs in addition to or instead of gaze detection).

[0161] In some embodiments, such as FIG. 7B , each criterion includes a criterion that is met when a distinct portion of the user (e.g., 703a) is not detected in a predefined pose (e.g., the user's hands are not in a ready state and / or the user's hands are not visible) (804). In some embodiments, detecting the predefined pose includes detecting a distinct portion of the user in a ready state. In some embodiments, the criterion is met when the distinct portion of the user is in a rest pose and / or a pose that does not indicate an intention to interact with the computer system. For example, the distinct portion of the user is the user's hand, and the criterion is met when the hand is in the user's lap, at the user's side, not in the field of view of the hand tracking device, or possibly not lifted and / or not in a ready state. In some embodiments, while scrolling the scrollable content according to the user's gaze, in response to detecting a distinct portion of the user in a predefined pose while the user continues to look at the second region (e.g., detecting a ready state), the computer system stops scrolling the scrollable content.

[0162] Displaying scrollable content without scrolling the scrollable content in response to detecting individual portions of a user in a pose other than a default pose enhances user interaction with the computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0163] In some embodiments, while displaying a user interface including scrollable content (e.g., 707) (806a), the computer system (e.g., 101) detects input via one or more input devices directed at a respective user interface element (e.g., a user interface element within the scrollable content), where detecting the input includes detecting a user's gaze directed at a respective user interface element, such as detecting gaze 713e of FIG. 7D directed at a selectable user interface element and detecting hand 703b performing a respective gesture, and detecting the user performing a respective gesture with a respective part of the user (806b). In some embodiments, the input is an air gesture. In some embodiments, detecting the user performing a respective gesture with a respective part of the user includes detecting the user performing a gesture (e.g., a pinch gesture or a tap gesture) with a hand included in the air gesture input. In some embodiments, the respective part of the user does not meet the respective criteria when the computer system detects the respective gesture. In some embodiments, the input corresponds to a request to select a respective user interface element.

[0164] In some embodiments, while displaying a user interface including scrollable content (806a), in response to detecting input directed to a respective user interface element, the computer system (e.g., 101) performs an operation associated with the respective user interface element (806c). In some embodiments, the operation associated with the respective user interface element is an operation that is performed in response to detecting a selection of the respective user interface element. For example, in response to detecting input directed to an option for navigating to the respective user interface, the computer system presents the respective user interface. As another example, in response to detecting input directed to an option for playing or pausing the content item, the computer system plays or pauses the content item.

[0165] Performing actions associated with individual user interface elements in response to detecting input directed to individual user interface elements, including detecting the user's gaze and individual gestures with individual parts of the user, enhances user interaction with the computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0166] In some embodiments, such as FIG. 7A, the second region of the scrollable content (e.g., 706) includes (808) an edge of the scrollable content (e.g., 707). In some embodiments, the second region includes and / or is located proximate to a top edge, bottom edge, left edge, or right edge of the scrollable content. In some embodiments, the second region includes and / or is located at an edge that corresponds to the direction in which the scrollable content is scrollable. For example, the second region includes or is proximate to a top edge or bottom edge of the scrollable content in a vertical direction, or the second region includes or is proximate to a left edge or right edge of the scrollable content in a horizontal direction. Including an edge of the scrollable content in the second region improves user interaction with the computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface.

[0167] In some embodiments, such as those of FIGS. 7A-7B, the computer system (e.g., 101) scrolls the scrollable content (e.g., 707) in a first direction in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed toward a second region (e.g., 706). For example, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content downward in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed toward a region along a bottom of the scrollable content. As another example, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content upward in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed toward a region along a top of the scrollable content.

[0168] In some embodiments, while displaying a user interface (e.g., 702) including the scrollable content (e.g., 707) via a display generating component (e.g., 120), in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the scrollable content (e.g., 707), the user's gaze is directed toward a third region (e.g., region 704 of FIG. 7B) of the scrollable content, and in accordance with a determination that the third region (e.g., 704) is distinct from the second region (e.g., 706) and the first region, and distinct portions of the user satisfy the respective criteria, the computer system (e.g., 101) scrolls the scrollable content (e.g., 707) in a second direction different from the first direction, such as in FIG. 7F, in accordance with the user's gaze, and the second region (e.g., 706) and the third region (e.g., 704) have different sizes (810b). In some embodiments, the second direction is opposite the first direction, and the third region is disposed along an edge of the scrollable content opposite the edge of the scrollable content along which the second region is disposed. In some embodiments, the second region and the third region have the same size (e.g., width, length, and / or height) along the first direction and different sizes (e.g., width, length, and / or height) along the second direction. For example, the second region and the third region have the same width and different heights.

[0169] Scrolling the scrollable content in different directions depending on whether the user's gaze is directed toward the second region or the third region enhances user interaction with the computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0170] 7A, a second portion (e.g., 706) of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) is located at a bottom of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) and has a first size (e.g., height, width, or length) (812a). In some embodiments, in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the second region while a distinct portion of the user meets the respective criteria, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content down.

[0171] In some embodiments, such as FIG. 7A , a third portion (e.g., 704) of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) is located at the top of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) and has a second size (e.g., height, width, or length) that is smaller than the first size (812b). In some embodiments, in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the third region while the user's individual portion meets the respective criteria, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content up. In some embodiments, the height of the third region is smaller than the height of the second region. In some embodiments, the widths of the second region and the third region are the same. In some embodiments, the widths of the second region and the third region are different.

[0172] Providing a third region at the top of the scrollable content that is smaller than the second region of the scrollable content at the bottom of the scrollable content enhances user interaction with the computer system by providing the user with additional control options without cluttering the user interface.

[0173] In some embodiments, scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707) according to the user's gaze includes scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707) at a first speed according to the user's gaze (814b), as in FIG. 7B, according to a determination that the user's gaze (e.g., 713a), as in FIG. 7A, is directed to a location that is a first distance from the respective position of the scrollable content (e.g., 707). In some embodiments, the respective position of the scrollable content is a boundary of the second region and / or a start / end of the scrollable content. In some embodiments, the boundary of the second region of the scrollable content is a boundary of the second region or is proximate to a boundary of the second region. For example, if the second region is along the bottom of the scrollable content, the boundary is the bottom region of the scrollable content.

[0174] In some embodiments, scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707) according to the user's gaze includes scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707) according to the user's gaze at a second speed different from the first speed (814c), as in FIG. 7C, according to a determination that the user's gaze (e.g., 713b) is directed to a location at a second distance different from the first distance from the individual position of the scrollable content (e.g., 707), as in FIG. 7B. In some embodiments, the scrolling speed is greater the closer the gaze is to a boundary of the scrollable content. In some embodiments, the speed of scrolling changes as the user's gaze moves within the second region of the scrollable content. For example, the scrolling speed gradually increases as the user's gaze moves toward the individual position of the scrollable content.

[0175] Scrolling scrollable content at different speeds depending on the distance between the user's gaze and particular positions of the scrollable content improves user interaction with a computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0176] In some embodiments, while the user's gaze (e.g., 713b) is directed toward a second region (e.g., 706) of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) and the user's individual portions meet the respective criteria and while scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707) according to the user's gaze as in FIG. 7B, the computer system (e.g., 101) detects (816a), via one or more input devices, the user's gaze (e.g., 713d) directed away from the second region of the scrollable content as in FIG. 7C. In some embodiments, the computer system detects the user's gaze directed toward the first region of the scrollable content. In some embodiments, the computer system detects the user's gaze directed toward a region of the three-dimensional environment that does not include the scrollable content. In some embodiments, the computer system detects that the user directs his or her gaze away from the three-dimensional environment or closes his or her eyes for more than a threshold time associated with blinking (e.g., 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, or 3 seconds).

[0177] In some embodiments, in response to detecting a user's gaze (e.g., 713d) directed away from a second region (e.g., 706) of the scrollable content (e.g., 707), as in FIG. 7C, the computer system (e.g., 101) reduces (816b) the speed at which the scrollable content is scrolling until scrolling of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) is stopped, as in FIG. 7D. In some embodiments, the computer system stops scrolling the scrollable content in response to detecting a user's gaze directed away from the second region of the scrollable content by slowing down the speed of scrolling with simulated inertia until scrolling is stopped. In some embodiments, while slowing down the scrolling speed of the scrollable content and continuing to scroll the scrollable content, in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the second region of the scrollable content while a distinct portion of the user meets the respective criteria, the computer system accelerates the scrolling speed of the scrollable content. In some embodiments, in this situation, the computer system increases the scrolling speed until the scrolling speed reaches a predetermined speed (e.g., a speed associated with a location in the second region where the user is looking, as described above).

[0178] Slowing down the scrolling of the scrollable content until scrolling stops in response to detecting the user's gaze directed away from the second region of the scrollable content improves user interaction with the computer system by providing improved visual feedback to the user (e.g., indicating to the user that scrolling will stop if the user continues to look away from the second region).

[0179] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 7A , in response to detecting a user's gaze (e.g., 713a) directed at the scrollable content (e.g., 707), in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze (e.g., 713a) is directed at the second region (e.g., 706) and the user's individual portion meets the respective criteria, scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707) according to the user's gaze includes gradually increasing a speed at which the scrollable content (e.g., 707) is scrolled while the user's gaze (e.g., 713a) is directed at the second region (e.g., 706) and the user's individual portion meets the respective criteria (818). In some embodiments, the computer system gradually increases the scroll speed until the scroll speed reaches a predetermined speed (e.g., a speed associated with a location in the second region at which the user is viewing, as described above). In some embodiments, the computer system gradually decreases the scroll speed to zero in response to the user directing their gaze from the second region to the first region, as described above. In some embodiments, the computer system gradually changes the scrolling speed in response to the user updating the gaze to a location at a different distance from the edge of the content in the second region.

[0180] Gradually increasing the scrolling speed of the scrollable content in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward a second region of the scrollable content improves user interaction with the computer system by providing improved visual feedback to the user (e.g., indicating to the user that scrolling will continue if the user continues to look at the second region).

[0181] In some embodiments, while displaying (820a) a user interface (e.g., 702) including scrollable content (e.g., 707) (e.g., without scrolling the scrollable content), the computer system (e.g., 101) detects, via one or more input devices (e.g., hand tracking devices), a discrete portion of a user performing a discrete gesture that includes moving the user's hand (e.g., 703b) while the user's hand is in a pinch hand shape, such as that of FIG. 7D, and the discrete portion of the user does not meet a respective criterion while performing the discrete gesture (820b). In some embodiments, the discrete gesture includes detecting that the user is making a pinch shape with their hand (e.g., a hand shape in which the thumb is within or touching a threshold distance (e.g., 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, or 1 centimeter) of another finger of the hand) and moving their hand while maintaining the pinch shape. In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the user has stopped performing a pinch gesture with their hand, the computer system stops scrolling the scrollable content according to further movement of the hand detected while the hand is not in the pinch shape (e.g., an air gesture, touch input, or other hand input).

[0182] In some embodiments, in response to detecting that a distinct portion of a user (e.g., 703b) performs a distinct gesture while displaying a user interface (e.g., 702) including scrollable content (e.g., 707) (e.g., without scrolling the scrollable content), as in FIG. 7E, the computer system (e.g., 101) scrolls the scrollable content (e.g., 707) according to the user's hand movement (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) (e.g., 703c) according to a determination that one or more criteria are met (820c). In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content according to the hand movement (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) while the hand is in a pinch shape. For example, the computer system scrolls the content by an amount corresponding to the amount of movement (e.g., speed, duration, and / or distance) in the same direction as the hand moves while in the pinch shape. In some embodiments, while scrolling the scrollable content according to the air gesture input, the computer system does not scroll the scrollable content according to the line of sight. For example, in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward a second region of the scrollable content while detecting an air gesture input (e.g., corresponding to a request to scroll the scrollable content, corresponding to a different request related to the scrollable content, or corresponding to a request independent of the scrollable content), the computer system ceases scrolling the scrollable content in accordance with the gaze being directed toward the second region of the scrollable content.

[0183] Scrolling scrollable content according to movements of a user's hands (e.g., air gestures, touch input, or other manual input) while the user's hands are in a pinch hand configuration enhances user interaction with a computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0184] In some embodiments, such as FIG. 7D, the movements (eg, speed, distance, and / or duration) of distinct portions of the user (eg, 703b) have distinct magnitudes (822a).

[0185] In some embodiments, in accordance with determining that the movement of the user's individual portion (e.g., 703b) is in a first direction, such as in FIG. 7D, the computer system (e.g., 101) scrolls the scrollable content (e.g., 707) in a second direction by a first amount in response to detecting that the user's individual portion (e.g., 703b) has performed an individual gesture, such as in FIG. 7E (822b). In some embodiments, the second direction in which the computer system scrolls the scrollable content corresponds to the first direction of the movement of the user's individual portion. In some embodiments, the second direction and the first direction are the same direction (e.g., moving the user's individual portion up to scroll up or moving the user's individual portion down to scroll down). In some embodiments, the second direction and the first direction are opposite directions (e.g., moving the user's individual portion up to scroll down or moving the user's individual portion down to scroll up). In some embodiments, the first amount corresponds to an individual magnitude. If the individual magnitude is larger, the first amount is larger, and if the individual magnitude is smaller, the first amount is smaller.

[0186] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the movement of the user's individual portion (e.g., 703c) is in a third direction different from the first direction, such as in FIG. 7E, the computer system (e.g., 101) scrolls the scrollable content (e.g., 70) by a second amount different from the first amount in a fourth direction in response to detecting that the user's individual portion (e.g., 703c) has performed an individual gesture, the fourth direction being different from the second direction, such as in FIG. 7F (822c). In some embodiments, the fourth direction in which the computer system scrolls the scrollable content corresponds to the third direction of the movement of the user's individual portion. In some embodiments, the fourth direction and the third direction are the same direction (e.g., moving the user's individual portion up to scroll up or moving the user's individual portion down to scroll down). In some embodiments, the fourth direction and the third direction are opposite directions (e.g., moving the user's individual portion up to scroll down or moving the user's individual portion down to scroll up). In some embodiments, the second amount corresponds to the individual magnitude. If the individual magnitude is larger, the second amount is larger, and if the individual magnitude is smaller, the second amount is smaller. In some embodiments, in response to detecting downward movement of a user's individual portion having an individual magnitude, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content an amount less than the amount the computer system scrolls the scrollable content in response to detecting upward movement of a user's individual portion having the same individual magnitude.

[0187] Scrolling scrollable content by different amounts in response to a user's movement of separate portions having separate magnitudes in different directions enhances user interaction with a computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0188] 7E, the movement of the user's hand (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) (e.g., 703c) includes moving the hand (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) (e.g., 703c) from a first location to a second location, and the user's hand (e.g., 703c) maintains a pinch hand shape while moving from the first location to the second location (824a). In some embodiments, the first location is the location of the user's discrete parts when the user's discrete parts first make the pinch hand shape, such as when the thumb and index finger of the user's hand touch together.

[0189] 7E, scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707) in response to detecting a distinct portion of the user (e.g., 703c) performing a distinct gesture includes scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707) at a first rate (824c) in accordance with a determination that the distance between the first location and the second location is a first distance (824b). In some embodiments, the computer system continues to scroll the scrollable content at the first rate while continuing to detect a predetermined portion of the user at a second location that is the first distance from the first location.

[0190] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 7E, scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707) in response to detecting a distinct portion of the user (e.g., 703c) performing a distinct gesture includes scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707) at a second speed greater than the first speed in accordance with a determination that the distance between the first location and the second location is a second distance greater than the first distance (824d) (824b). In some embodiments, the computer system continues to scroll the scrollable content at the second speed while continuing to detect the predefined portion of the user at the second location that is the second distance from the first location. In some embodiments, when the user's hand moves while the user's hand is in the pinch shape, the computer system modifies the scroll speed of the scrollable content according to the distance between the current location of the user's hand and the first location of the user's hand.

[0191] Scrolling the scrollable content at a speed that is dependent on the distance between a first location of the user's hand and a second location of the user's hand improves user interaction with the computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0192] In some embodiments, the one or more criteria include a criterion that is met when the user's hand (e.g., 703b) moves at least a threshold amount (e.g., velocity (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, 3, or 5 centimeters / second), distance (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, or 3 centimeters), and / or duration (e.g., 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, or 1 second)), such as in FIG. 7D , while maintaining the pinch hand shape (826a).

[0193] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 7C, in response to detecting that a separate portion (e.g., 703a) of the user has performed a separate gesture, the computer system (e.g., 101) maintains display of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) without scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707) according to a determination that the user's hand movement (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) (e.g., 703a) does not meet one or more criteria (826b). In some embodiments, if the hand movement (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) while the hand is in the pinch shape is an amount less than a threshold, the computer system ceases scrolling the scrollable content according to the hand movement (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) while the hand is in the pinch shape.

[0194] Maintaining the display of the scrollable content without scrolling the scrollable content in response to detecting a discrete portion of a user performing a discrete gesture in which hand movement (e.g., an air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) is less than a threshold amount and therefore does not meet one or more criteria improves user interaction with the computer system by reducing user errors when interacting with the computer system.

[0195] In some embodiments, the one or more criteria are not met (828a) when the velocity of the movement of the user's hand (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) (e.g., hand 703a in FIG. 7C ) is greater than a threshold velocity (e.g., 1, 2, 3, 5, 10, 15, 30, or 50 centimeters per second) and the direction of the movement of the user's hand (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) (e.g., 703a) is downward. In some embodiments, the threshold velocity is associated with the velocity at which the user drops their hand without the intent to continue scrolling the scrollable content.

[0196] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 7C, in response to detecting that the individual parts of the user have performed the individual gestures, the computer system (e.g., 101) maintains display of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) without scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707) according to a determination that one or more criteria are not met (828b). In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content at a speed less than a threshold speed according to a portion of the downward movement of the hand (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input). For example, if the hand movement (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) includes a first portion of the downward movement at a speed less than the threshold speed and a second portion of the downward movement that exceeds the threshold speed, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content according to the first portion of the downward movement without further scrolling the scrollable content according to the second portion of the downward movement.

[0197] Maintaining the display of the scrollable content without scrolling the scrollable content in response to detecting a discrete portion of a user performing a discrete gesture that does not meet one or more criteria because the hand movement (e.g., an air gesture, touch input, or other hand input) is downward at a velocity that exceeds a threshold velocity improves user interaction with the computer system by reducing user errors when interacting with the computer system.

[0198] In some embodiments, in response to detecting a user's gaze (e.g., 713a) directed at the scrollable content (e.g., 707), and in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze (e.g., 713a) is directed at a second region (e.g., 706) of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) and that distinct portions of the user meet the respective criteria, the computer system (e.g., 101) scrolls the scrollable content (e.g., 707) in a first direction according to the user's gaze (e.g., 713a) (830a), as in FIG. 7A. In some embodiments, the first direction of scrolling corresponds to the location of the second region of the scrollable content within the scrollable content. For example, if the second region is at the bottom of the scrollable content, the computer system scrolls the content down (e.g., revealing additional content at the bottom of the scrollable content).

[0199] In some embodiments, while displaying a user interface (e.g., 120) including scrollable content (e.g., 707) via a display generating component (e.g., 120), as in FIG. 7F, in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the scrollable content, the computer system (e.g., 101) scrolls the scrollable content (e.g., 707) in a second direction opposite to the first direction according to the user's gaze (830b) in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed toward a third region (e.g., region 704 in FIG. 7A) of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) and that the third region (e.g., 704) is different from the second region (e.g., 706) and that a distinct portion of the user meets the respective criteria. In some embodiments, the second direction of scrolling corresponds to the location of the third region of the scrollable content within the scrollable content. For example, if the third region is at the top of the scrollable content, the computer system scrolls the content up (e.g., revealing additional content at the top of the scrollable content). In some embodiments, scrolling the scrollable content in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward a third region of the content includes scrolling the content along an axis different from the axis along which the computer system scrolls the scrollable content in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward a second region of the scrollable content. For example, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content vertically in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward a region along a top or bottom of the content, and scrolls the scrollable content horizontally (e.g., while a distinct portion of the user's gaze meets one or more criteria) in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward a region along a left or right of the scrollable content.

[0200] Scrolling scrollable content in different directions depending on the area the user's gaze is directed at improves user interaction with a computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0201] In some embodiments, in response to detecting a user's gaze (e.g., 713a) directed toward the scrollable content (e.g., 707), as in FIG. 7F, scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707) in a first direction, as in FIG. 7B, according to the user's gaze, in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze (e.g., 713a) is directed toward a second region (e.g., 706) of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) and that the user's individual portion meets the respective criteria, includes scrolling the scrollable content at a first acceleration (832a). In some embodiments, the first direction of scrolling corresponds to a location of the second region of the scrollable content within the scrollable content. For example, if the second region is at the bottom of the scrollable content, the computer system scrolls the content down (e.g., revealing additional content at the bottom of the scrollable content). In some embodiments, the first acceleration is an acceleration at which the computer system begins scrolling the scrollable content in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the second region of the scrollable content in accordance with a determination that the user's individual portion meets the respective criteria. In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content at a first rate in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward a second region of the scrollable content while a distinct portion of the user meets the respective criteria.

[0202] In some embodiments, in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the scrollable content (e.g., 707), scrolling the scrollable content in a second direction, such as in FIG. 7F, in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed toward a third region (e.g., region 704 in FIG. 7A) of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) and that the user's individual portion meets the respective criteria includes scrolling the scrollable content (e.g., 707) at a second acceleration different (e.g., greater or less) than the first acceleration (832b). In some embodiments, the second direction of scrolling corresponds to a location of the third region of the scrollable content within the scrollable content. For example, if the third region is at the top of the scrollable content, the computer system scrolls the content up (e.g., revealing additional content at the top of the scrollable content). In some embodiments, the second acceleration is an acceleration at which the computer system begins scrolling the scrollable content in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the third region of the scrollable content in accordance with a determination that the user's individual portion meets the respective criteria. In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content at a second speed different from the first speed mentioned above in response to detecting the user's gaze directed toward a third region of the scrollable content while a distinct portion of the user meets the respective criteria.

[0203] Scrolling scrollable content at different accelerations when the user's gaze is directed to different regions of the scrollable content improves user interaction with the computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with displayed controls.

[0204] In some embodiments, such as FIG. 7A , the scrollable content includes textual content (e.g., 707) and other content (e.g., 705) (e.g., images, interactive content, and / or interactive user interface elements) (834a). In some embodiments, the other content includes additional textual content not included in the textual content of the scrollable content. For example, an article includes textual content including the text of the article and other content including advertisements including the textual content of the advertisements. In some embodiments, the other content includes multimedia and / or interactive content, such as selectable options for navigating a user interface including the scrollable content (e.g., links to other content). In some embodiments, the computer system displays the scrollable content including the textual content and the other content in a first mode (e.g., a browsing mode) and displays the textual content without the other content in a second mode (e.g., a reader mode). In some embodiments, the computer system transitions between displaying the scrollable content in a first mode and displaying textual content of the scrollable content in a second mode in response to one or more user inputs (e.g., selection of one or more user interface elements, speech input, and / or a predefined gesture performed by a body part of the user) corresponding to a request to change the presentation mode.

[0205] In some embodiments, while displaying textual content (e.g., 707) of the scrollable content, without displaying other content of the scrollable content (834b), the computer system (e.g., 101) detects (834c) a movement of the user's gaze (e.g., 713h) via one or more input devices, as in Figure 7G. In some embodiments, the movement of the user's gaze corresponds to the user reading the textual content of the scrollable content.

[0206] In some embodiments, in response to detecting (834d) a movement of the user's gaze (e.g., 713h) while displaying textual content (e.g., 707) of the scrollable content without displaying other content of the scrollable content (834b), the computer system (e.g., 101) scrolls (834e) the textual content (e.g., 707) such as FIG. 7H in response to determining that the movement of the user's gaze (e.g., 713h) satisfies one or more criteria, including criteria that are satisfied based on a movement of the user's gaze (e.g., 713h) relative to a line of text in the textual content (e.g., 707) such as FIG. 7G. In some embodiments, the one or more criteria are associated with the user finishing reading a line of the textual content. In some embodiments, the computer system can detect whether the user is only looking at a first portion of the text or whether the user is reading the first portion of the text item based on the detected movement of the user's eyes. The computer system optionally compares one or more captured images of the user's eyes to determine whether the movement of the user's eyes matches a movement consistent with reading. In some embodiments, people tend to move their gaze from the end of a line they have finished reading to the front of that line, or to the front of the next line after they have finished reading a line of text. In some embodiments, the one or more criteria include a criterion that is met when the user's gaze moves from the end of the line toward the beginning of the line or the beginning of the next line. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a movement of the user's gaze corresponding to the user finishing reading a line of text, the computer system scrolls the text content. In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the text content by one line to display the next line at a location in the three-dimensional environment where the line of text that the user just read was displayed while the user was reading the line of text that he or she just read. For example, the computer system scrolls the text vertically to display a separate line of text at a height where the line of text that the user previously read was previously displayed.As another example, the electronic device scrolls the text horizontally to display individual lines of text at a horizontal location where a line of text previously read by the user was previously displayed. Scrolling the text content optionally includes updating the location of the line of text previously read by the user (e.g., moving a first portion of the text vertically or horizontally to make space for a second portion of the text) or ceasing to display the line of text previously read by the user. In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the text content in response to data collected by the eye tracking device without receiving additional input from another input device in communication with the computer system (e.g., air gesture input or input detected via a hardware input device).

[0207] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 7G, in response to detecting a movement of the user's gaze (e.g., 713h) while displaying textual content (e.g., 707) of the scrollable content without displaying other content of the scrollable content (834b), the computer system (e.g., 101) maintains display of the textual content (e.g., 707) without scrolling the textual content (834f) in accordance with a determination that the movement of the user's gaze (e.g., 713h) does not meet one or more criteria. In some embodiments, the user's gaze does not meet one or more criteria while the user is reading an individual line of the scrollable content (e.g., toward the beginning or center of the line). In some embodiments, the user's gaze does not meet one or more criteria when the user's gaze reaches the end of a line of the textual content without moving toward the beginning of the line of the textual content. For example, the user reads a line of the textual content and then directs his gaze to another part of the three-dimensional environment that is different from the beginning of the line of the textual content or the beginning of the next line of the textual content.

[0208] Scrolling the textual content according to a determination that a user's gaze movements satisfy one or more criteria enhances user interaction with the computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0209] In some embodiments, scrolling the text content (e.g., 707) in response to detecting a user's gaze movement (e.g., 713h) that meets one or more criteria, as in FIG. 7G, is independent of whether the user's individual portion is detected in a predefined pose (836). In some embodiments, the user's individual portion is in a predefined pose when the user's hand is in a ready state. In some embodiments, while the computer system is displaying text content of the scrollable content without displaying additional content of the scrollable content (e.g., in a reader mode), the computer system scrolls the text content according to the user's gaze, regardless of the pose and / or location of the user's hand. In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the text content in response to detecting a user's gaze movement that meets one or more criteria while the user's individual portion meets the respective criteria. In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the text content in response to detecting a user's gaze movement that meets one or more criteria while the user's individual portion does not meet the respective criteria.

[0210] Scrolling the textual content according to a determination that a user's gaze movements satisfy one or more criteria, regardless of whether individual portions of the user are in a predefined pose, improves user interaction with the computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0211] In some embodiments, while displaying textual content of the scrollable content without other content of the scrollable content (838a) (e.g., while displaying the textual content in the reader mode described above), the computer system (e.g., 101) detects (838b) a user's gaze directed at the textual content via one or more input devices.

[0212] In some embodiments, while displaying textual content of the scrollable content without other content of the scrollable content (838a) (e.g., while displaying the textual content in the reader mode described above), in response to detecting a user's gaze directed at the textual content (838c), in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed at a first region of the textual content and the movement of the user's gaze does not meet one or more criteria, the computer system (e.g., 101) maintains the display of the textual content without scrolling the textual content (838d). In some embodiments, the first region of the textual content is away from one or more directions in which the textual content is scrollable. For example, if the textual content is scrollable vertically, the first region of the textual content is a region of the textual content between a top and a bottom of the textual content. As another example, if the textual content is scrollable horizontally, the first region of the textual content is a region of the textual content between a left portion and a right portion of the textual content. In some embodiments, the first region of the textual content is similar to the first region of the scrollable content described above. In some embodiments, the computer system maintains display of the text content without scrolling the text content in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward a first region of the text content while a movement of the user's gaze does not correspond to the user reading the text content.

[0213] In some embodiments, while displaying text content (e.g., 707) of the scrollable content without other content of the scrollable content (e.g., while displaying the text content in a reader mode as described above) (838a), as in FIG. 7G, in response to detecting a user's gaze directed at the text content (838c), the computer system (e.g., 101) scrolls the text content in accordance with the user's gaze (838e) in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed at a second region of the text content (e.g., 710) that is different from the first region of the text content, a separate part of the user (e.g., hand or head) meets the respective criteria (e.g., the user's hand is not in a ready state), and the user's gaze movement does not meet one or more criteria. In some embodiments, scrolling the textual content according to the user's gaze in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed to the second region of the textual content and the user's individual portion meets the respective criteria has one or more characteristics in common with the above-described technique for scrolling the scrollable content in response to detecting the user's gaze directed to the second region of the scrollable content while the user's individual portion meets the respective criteria. In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the textual content in response to detecting the user's gaze directed to the second region of the textual content, the user's gaze movement corresponding to the user reading the textual content. In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the textual content in response to detecting the user's gaze directed to the second region of the textual content while the user's gaze movement does not correspond to the user reading the textual content. In some embodiments, the second region of the textual content is similar to the second region of the scrollable content described above.

[0214] In some embodiments, while displaying text content (e.g., 707) of the scrollable content without other content of the scrollable content (838a) (e.g., while displaying the text content in the reader mode described above), in response to detecting a user's gaze (e.g., 713h) directed at the text content (838c), as in FIG. 7G, in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze (e.g., 713h) is directed at a first region of the text content and the movement of the user's gaze (e.g., 713h) meets one or more criteria, the computer system (e.g., 101) scrolls the text content (838f), as in FIG. 7H. In some embodiments, the computer system scrolls the text content in accordance with the user's gaze being directed at a second region of the text content, and scrolls the text content in accordance with the movement of the user's gaze relative to the lines of the text content as described above, while the computer system displays the text content of the scrollable content without other content of the scrollable content as described above. In some embodiments, there are at least two ways of scrolling the text content based on the gaze.

[0215] Scrolling text content according to a user's line of sight enhances user interaction with a computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0216] In some embodiments, while displaying the scrollable content (e.g., 707) such as FIG. 7H, in response to detecting a user's gaze (e.g., 713i) directed at the scrollable content (e.g., 707), the computer system (e.g., 101) displays (840), via the display generating component (e.g., 120), a definition (e.g., 712) of the word included in the scrollable content (e.g., 707) in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze (e.g., 713i) is directed at a word included in the first region of the scrollable content (e.g., 707) for at least a threshold time (e.g., 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, or 3 seconds). In some embodiments, the word definition is displayed as an overlay on the scrollable content. In accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed at a word included in the first region of the scrollable content for less than the threshold time, the computer system ceases to display the word definition. In accordance with determining that the user's gaze is not directed at a word included in the first region of the scrollable content, the computer system ceases to display the definition of the word.

[0217] Displaying word definitions according to the user's gaze enhances user interaction with the computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0218] In some embodiments, aspects / operations of methods 1000, 1200, 1400, 1600, 1800, 2000, 2200, and / or 2400 may be interchanged, substituted, and / or added between these methods. For example, the computer system optionally scrolls content generated via speech input according to method 1000 according to one or more steps of method 800. For example, the computer system optionally scrolls content generated via a soft keyboard according to methods 1200, 1400, and / or 1600 according to one or more steps of method 800. For the sake of brevity, those details will not be repeated here.

[0219] 9A-9N illustrate example techniques for entering text into a text entry field in response to voice input, according to some embodiments. The user interfaces of FIGURES 9A-9N are used to illustrate the processes described below, including the processes of FIGURES 10A-10R.

[0220] 9A illustrates computer system 101 displaying a three-dimensional environment 901 from a user's perspective via a display generating component (e.g., display generating component 120 of FIG. 1). As described above with reference to FIGS. 1-6, computer system 101 optionally includes a display generating component (e.g., a touch screen) and a number of image sensors 314 (e.g., image sensor 314 of FIG. 3). Image sensor 314 optionally includes one or more of a visible light camera, an infrared camera, a depth sensor, or any other sensor that computer system 101 can use to capture one or more images of a user or a part of a user (e.g., one or more hands of a user) while the user is interacting with computer system 101. In some embodiments, the user interface shown and described below may also be realized on a head mounted display that includes display generating components that display the user interface or three-dimensional environment to the user, and sensors (e.g., external sensors facing outward from the user) and / or the user's line of sight (e.g., internal sensors facing inward toward the user's face) to detect the physical environment and / or movements of the user's hands, such as movements that are interpreted by the computer system as gestures, such as air gestures. It should be understood that in some embodiments, one or more of the techniques described herein are applied to two-dimensional environments (e.g., on a touch-sensitive display or other display) without departing from the scope of this disclosure.

[0221] 9A illustrates computer system 101 displaying a web browsing user interface 902 via display generation component 120. In some embodiments, web browsing user interface 902 includes an indication 904 of the URL of a website currently presented by the web browser. For example, in FIG. 9A, web browsing user interface 902 includes a web search website including a text entry field 906 to which input specifying one or more search terms is directed and a selectable option 908 that, when selected, causes computer system 101 to perform a search using the one or more search terms provided in text entry field 906. In some embodiments, computer system 101 is configured to detect input for entering text into text entry field 906 via a soft keyboard, via a hardware keyboard, or via dictation according to one or more steps of methods 1200, 1400, and 1600, as described herein.

[0222] In some embodiments, the computer system 101 initiates a process of accepting dictation input directed to the text entry field 906 in response to detecting a user's attention, including a user's gaze 913a directed to the text entry field 906, via one or more input devices (e.g., the image sensor 314). In some embodiments, the computer system 101 initiates a process of accepting dictation input in response to detecting a user's attention directed to the text entry field 906 without or regardless of detecting additional input, such as input provided using an air gesture or a hardware input device. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a user's gaze 913a directed to the text entry field 906, the computer system 101 gradually expands the text entry field. For example, as shown in FIGS. 9A-9B, in response to the user's gaze 913a being directed to the text entry field 906, the computer system 101 gradually increases the width of the text entry field 906 while the user's gaze 913a is directed to the text entry field 906. In some embodiments, when the user's gaze 913a is directed at the text entry field 906 for a threshold time, the computer system 101 stops expanding the text entry field 906 and begins the process of accepting speech input directed at the text entry field. An example time threshold is provided below in the description of method 1000 with reference to Figures 10A-10R.

[0223] Figure 9B illustrates the web browsing user interface 902 updated in response to the computer system 101 detecting a user's gaze 913a directed at the text entry field 906 for the threshold time referenced above. As shown in Figure 9B, the computer system 101 displays the text entry field 906 with a width greater than the width of the text entry field of Figure 9A when the computer system 101 first detects that the user's gaze 913a is directed at the text entry field 906. Figure 9B also illustrates the computer system 101 generating an audio output 910a indicating that the computer system 101 is configured to accept speech input for dictating text directed at the text entry field 906 in response to the user's gaze 913a being directed at the text entry field 906 for the threshold time. The computer system 101 also highlights placeholder text 914 displayed in the text entry field 906 in response to the user's gaze 913a being directed at the text entry field 906 for a threshold time before the computer system 101 detects the user's gaze 913a directed at the text entry field 906.

[0224] While Figure 9B illustrates computer system 101 displaying cursor 912 in response to a user's gaze 913a being directed at the text entry field 906 for a threshold time, in some embodiments, computer system 101 does not display cursor 912 unless and until the user provides speech input that dictates text to be entered into text entry field 906. In some embodiments, in response to detecting a user's gaze 913a directed at the text entry field 906 for at least the threshold time (e.g., without or regardless of detecting additional input, such as an air gesture or input detected via a hardware input device), computer system 101 displays an additional visual indication that computer system 101 is configured to enter dictated text provided via speech input into text entry field 906, in a manner similar to how computer system 101 displays microphone icon 930 in Figures 9G and 9H below.

[0225] In Figure 9B, the computer system 101 receives speech input 916a from the user while continuing to detect the user's gaze 913a directed at the text entry field 906. In response to the input shown in Figure 9B, the computer system 101 displays a text representation of the speech input 916a in the text entry field 906 for entering the text of the speech input into the text entry field 906, as shown in Figure 9C.

[0226] FIG. 9C illustrates computer system 101 displaying a textual representation 920 of the speech input shown in FIG. 9B in text entry field 906 in response to the input shown in FIG. 9B. In some embodiments, computer system 101 initiates a process of accepting dictation input for entering text into text entry field 906 in response to detecting a user's gaze without or regardless of detecting speech input, as described above with reference to FIGS. 9A-9B. In some embodiments, computer system 101 is configured to accept dictation input for entering text into text entry field 906, but computer system 101 enters text into text entry field 906 in response to speech input, as shown in FIGS. 9B-9C, without or regardless of detecting air gesture input and / or input detected via a hardware input device. In some embodiments, while detecting speech input, computer system 101 generates a glow effect 918 around text entry field 906 that changes over time based on the volume of the speech input received. For example, the computer system 101 modifies the size, translucency, color, darkness, or another visual characteristic of the glow effect 918 according to the volume of the speech input while the speech input is being received by the computer system 101. In some embodiments, the computer system 101 displays a cursor 912 in the text entry field 906 while the speech input is being received.

[0227] In FIG. 9C, computer system 101 detects subsequent speech input 916b while user's gaze 913b is no longer directed at text entry field 906. Although FIG. 9C illustrates user's gaze 913b as being directed at a region of the web browsing user interface that does not include text entry field 906, in some embodiments, the user's gaze is directed away from web browsing user interface 902, e.g., toward a portion of display generating component 120 different from the portion of display generating component 120 that includes text entry field 906, or away from display generating component 120. In some embodiments, computer system 101 detects subsequent speech input 916b while the user closes their eyes beyond a time threshold associated with the user's blinking. Exemplary time thresholds are provided below in the description of method 1000 with reference to FIGS. 10A-10R.

[0228] In some embodiments, in response to detecting the follow-up speech input 916b while the user's gaze 913b is not directed at the text entry field 906, the computer system 101 inputs a text-based representation of the follow-up speech input 916b, as described below with reference to FIG. 9D. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the follow-up speech input 916b while the user's gaze 913b is not directed at the text entry field 906, the computer system 101 maintains display of the text representation 920 of the previously entered text without displaying the text representation of the follow-up speech input 916b, as described below with reference to FIG. 9D. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the follow-up speech input 916b while the user's gaze 913b is not directed at the text entry field 906, the computer system 101 removes (e.g., some, all) the text from the text entry field 906 and stops accepting dictation input directed at the text entry field 906, as described below with reference to FIG. 9E.

[0229] In some embodiments, in response to detecting a follow-up speech input 916b while the user's gaze 913b is not directed at the text entry field 906, the computer system 101 displays a text representation of the follow-up speech input 916b in the text entry field, as shown in FIG. 9D, if the computer system 101 has already started accepting dictation input, or ceases to display the text representation of the follow-up speech input 916b in the text entry field, as shown in FIG. 9E, if the computer system 101 has not already accepted dictation input. In some embodiments, the computer system 101 removes (e.g., some, all) the text from the text entry field 906 and ceases to display the text representation of the follow-up speech input 916b in the text entry field, as shown in FIG. 9E, because the text entry field 906 is a search text entry field. In some embodiments, the search text entry field is included in a first type of text entry field, which also includes messaging text entry fields and web browser address fields. In some embodiments, if the text entry field is a long-form text entry field, such as the text entry fields shown in FIGS. 9F-9H and / or requires input in addition to detecting a user's attention directed at the text entry field to accept speech input to provide text to the text entry field, computer system 101 continues to display previously dictated text but does not display a continued text representation of the speech input detected while the user's gaze is not directed at the text entry field.

[0230] FIG 9D illustrates computer system 101 updating text entry field 906 in response to the continuation of speech input shown in FIG 9C, according to some embodiments. As discussed above, in some embodiments, in response to the continuation of speech input shown in FIG 9C, computer system 101 maintains the display of text representation 920 of the speech input (e.g., the word "Lorem") in text entry field 906. In some embodiments, computer system 101 also displays the continuation of the speech input (e.g., the word "Ipsum") shown in FIG 9C. FIG 9D includes a dashed box around the text representation of the continuation of speech input 916b (e.g., the word "Ipsum") shown in FIG 9C because, in some embodiments, computer system 101 ceases to display the text representation of the continuation of speech input 916b shown in FIG 9C, as discussed above. It should be appreciated that in some embodiments, the computer system 101 displays the text representation of the continued speech input 916b without displaying a dashed box around the text representation of the continued speech input 916b. In some embodiments, the computer system 101 ceases displaying the text representation of the continued speech input 916b and ceases displaying the dashed box. As discussed above, in some embodiments, the computer system 101 displays the text representation of the continued speech input 916b in the text entry field 906 of FIG. 9D because dictation was already initiated when the continuation of the speech input of FIG. 9C was received, even though the user's gaze was not directed at the text entry field 906 while the continued speech input 916b was detected.

[0231] In Figure 9D, the computer system 101 displays a glow effect 918 having updated visual characteristics around the text entry field 906 in accordance with the change in volume level of the speech input 916b shown in Figure 9C. In some embodiments, the computer system 101 displays the glow effect 918 when the computer system 101 displays the continued text representation of the speech input and does not display the glow effect 918 when the computer system 101 ceases to display the continued text representation of the speech input.

[0232] In some embodiments, while displaying text 920 in text entry field 906, computer system 101 detects spoken input 916c corresponding to a command associated with text entry field 906. For example, because text entry field 906 is a search field, spoken input 916c includes the word "search." Other examples of spoken commands and their associated text entry fields are provided below in the description of method 1000 with reference to FIGS. 10A-10R. In some embodiments, if spoken input 916c corresponding to a command is received while gaze 913c is directed at text entry field 906, computer system 101 performs an operation corresponding to text entry field 906, such as performing a search on the search term(s) included in the text entry field when the command is received. In some embodiments, if spoken input 916c corresponding to a command is received while gaze 913b is not directed at text entry field 906, computer system 101 refrains from performing the operation corresponding to text entry field 906. In some embodiments, the computer system 101 performs an action corresponding to the text entry field 906, such as performing a search on the search term(s) contained in the text entry field when a command is received, regardless of whether the speech input 916c corresponding to the command is received while the gaze 913c is directed at the text entry field 906 or while the gaze 913b is not directed at the text entry field 906.

[0233] FIG. 9E illustrates computer system 101 updating the text entry field in response to a continuation of the speech input shown in FIG. 9C, according to some embodiments. As described above, in some embodiments, computer system 101 removes text corresponding to the speech input shown in FIG. 9B from text entry field 906 in response to a continuation of the speech input detected while the user's gaze is not directed at text entry field 906 shown in FIG. 9C. In some embodiments, computer system 101 removes text corresponding to the speech input shown in FIG. 9B from text entry field 906 because the text entry field is a website search field or another text entry field of the same type as the search field, as described above with reference to FIG. 9C and below in the description of method 1000 with reference to FIGS. 10A-10R. In some embodiments, by removing text corresponding to the speech input shown in FIG. 9B from text entry field 906, computer system 101 cancels the dictation input. In some embodiments, the computer system updates the appearance of the text entry field 906 to indicate that the dictation input has been canceled, such as by removing the text from the text entry field or by returning the text entry field 906 to the appearance of the text entry field 906 in FIG. 9A (e.g., reducing the width of the text entry field 906).

[0234] 9F-9H illustrate computer system 101 displaying a word processing user interface 922 including a text entry field 926, a save option 924a, an undo option 924b, a font option 924c, and an option 924d for ceasing display of word processing user interface 922. In some embodiments, text entry field 926 of word processing user interface 922 is a long-form text entry field. In some embodiments, computer system 101 initiates a process for accepting dictation input directed to long-form text entry field 926 in response to additional input to initiate dictation into text entry field 926, such as input detected via an air gesture or a hardware input device. Exemplary inputs are described below in the description of method 1000 with reference to FIGS. 10A-10R. In some embodiments, the computer system initiates dictation in response to detecting a user's attention directed to the text entry field 926, including detecting a user's gaze 913d directed to the text entry field 926 for a threshold time, without or regardless of receiving additional input, such as input detected via an air gesture or hardware input device. An exemplary threshold time is described below in the description of method 1000 with reference to Figures 10A-10R. In some embodiments, before dictation is initiated, the computer system 101 displays a cursor 928 in the text entry field 926 indicating a location where text will be inserted in response to input provided via a soft keyboard and / or hardware keyboard according to methods 1200, 1400, and / or 1600. Once dictation is initiated, the computer system 101 ceases displaying the cursor 928, as described with reference to Figures 9G-9H.

[0235] FIG. 9G illustrates how computer system 101 updates word processing user interface 922 in response to initiation of dictation. In some embodiments, dictation is initiated based on detecting a user's gaze directed at text entry field 926, as shown in FIG. 9F, without or regardless of detecting additional input, such as input detected via an air gesture or hardware input device. In some embodiments, dictation is initiated in response to additional input, as described below in the description of method 1000 with reference to FIGS. 10A-10R. As shown in FIG. 9G, once dictation is initiated, computer system 101 generates audio output 910b, which may be the same as or different from audio output 910a described above with reference to FIG. 9B. FIG. 9G also illustrates that computer system 101, in response to detecting speech input provided by the user, displays a microphone icon 930 at a location within text entry field 926 where the dictated text will be inserted. In some embodiments, microphone icon 930 is displayed at a location within the text entry field where the user's gaze was directed when dictation was initiated. Thus, in some embodiments, if the user were to look at a different location within the text entry field 926, the computer system 101 would display a microphone icon 930 at that location instead of the location shown in Figure 9G. Once dictation is initiated and the computer system 101 displays the microphone icon 930 at the location to be inserted, as shown in Figure 9G, the computer system 101 ceases to display the cursor 928 shown in Figure 9F. In some embodiments, instead of displaying the microphone icon 930 as shown in Figure 9G, the computer system 101 displays a different visual indication at the location within the text entry field 926 where the dictated text will be inserted.

[0236] In Figure 9G, the computer system detects voice input 916d provided by the user while the user's gaze 913d is directed at the text entry field 926. In some embodiments, in response to receiving the voice input 926d, the computer system 101 displays text corresponding to the voice input 926d in the text entry field 926, as shown in Figure 9H.

[0237] FIG. 9H illustrates computer system 101 displaying text 932 corresponding to the voice input shown in FIG. 9G in the text entry field. In some embodiments, while displaying text 932 corresponding to the voice input, computer system continues to display microphone icon 930 (e.g., if dictation is still active). As shown in FIG. 9H, microphone icon 930 is displayed after text 932 corresponding to the voice input because text corresponding to additional voice input is displayed after text 932 corresponding to the voice input. In some embodiments, if the user's gaze is directed away from text entry field 926 while the user continues to dictate text, computer system 101 maintains display of text 932 corresponding to the voice input and, optionally, enters text corresponding to subsequent voice entry input detected while the user's gaze is directed away from text entry field 926, as described above in the description of method 1000 with reference to FIGS. 10A-10R and in more detail below, because text entry field 926 is a long-form text entry field.

[0238] 9I-9N illustrate examples of computer system 101 entering text into text entry field 906 in response to voice input. In FIG. 9I, computer system 101 displays a web browsing user interface 902 including a text entry field 906 in which user input specifying a website address and / or search terms for a web search is accepted. For example, in response to detecting a user entering text into text entry field 906 and subsequently detecting an input to perform a web search using the text (e.g., selecting a search option, performing a search gesture, and / or a search voice command), computer system 101 initiates a web search for content on the Internet that corresponds to the text. As shown in FIG. 9I, text entry field 906 includes placeholder text 934. In some embodiments, placeholder text 934 is displayed in colors that animate changing hues, darknesses, and / or saturations over time in a predetermined pattern or according to changing audio levels of detected sounds (e.g., speech, music, and / or other noises in the environment of computer system 101). In some embodiments, computer system 101 displays placeholder text 934 in text entry field 906 prior to receiving input to enter text into the text entry field. In some embodiments, computer system 101 displays placeholder text 934 in text entry field 906 in response to receiving one or more inputs corresponding to a request to delete existing text from the text entry field, such as a URL for website A currently displayed in internet browsing user interface 902.

[0239] As shown in FIG. 9I, the text entry field 906 is displayed with a background that does not change color according to changing audio levels of detected audio (e.g., ambient noise or speech) and is displayed without any visible glowing around the edges of the text entry field 906. In some embodiments, this appearance of the text entry field 906 shown in FIG. 9I indicates that the computer system, in response to receiving the speech input, does not enter text corresponding to the speech input into the text entry field 906. For example, if the user speaks one or more words while the computer system 101 is displaying the text entry field 906 as shown in FIG. 9I, the computer system 101 maintains the display of the placeholder text 934 in the text entry field 90.

[0240] FIG. 9I illustrates a dictation icon 936 included in the text entry field 906. In some embodiments, the computer system 101 displays the dictation icon 936 in the text entry field 906 in response to detecting a user's attention directed to the text entry field 906, as described above. As shown in FIG. 9I, the computer system 101 detects a user's attention 913e directed to the dictation icon 936. In response to detecting a user's attention directed to the dictation icon 936 of FIG. 9I, the computer system updates the appearance of the text entry field 906 and enters text corresponding to the speech input in response to detecting the speech input, as described at least with reference to FIG. 9J.

[0241] FIG. 9J illustrates computer system 101 displaying text entry field 906 with an updated appearance in response to detecting user attention 913e directed to dictation icon 936, as described above with reference to FIG. 9I. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 9I, computer system 101 updates text entry field 906 to include dictation icon 938 at a location within text entry field 906 different from the location shown in FIG. 9I. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 9J, computer system 101 updates text entry field 906 to be displayed with a background that changes color according to changing audio levels of detected audio, including voice input 916e. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 9J, computer system 101 updates text entry field 906 to be displayed with a glowing contour 942a that changes color, intensity, and / or radius according to changing audio levels of detected audio, including voice input 916e. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 9J, the computer system 101 updates the text entry field 906 to include an insertion marker 944a that changes color and / or has a glowing effect that changes color, intensity, and / or radius in accordance with the changing audio levels of the detected audio, including the voice input 916e.

[0242] In some embodiments, while displaying the text entry field 906 in the appearance shown in Figure 9J, the computer system 101 receives speech input 916e while the user's attention 913e is directed to the text entry field 906. In some embodiments, while displaying the text entry field 906 in the appearance shown in Figure 9J and in response to receiving speech input 916e while the user's attention 913e is directed to the text entry field 906, the computer system 101 enters text corresponding to the speech input into the text entry field 906, as shown in Figure 9K. In some embodiments, if the user's attention 913e is not directed to the text entry field 906 while the computer system 101 detects the speech input 916e, the computer system 101 refrains from entering text corresponding to the speech input 916e into the text entry field. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user's attention being directed away from the text entry field 906, the computer system 101 ceases displaying the text entry field 906 with the appearance shown in FIG. 9J and displays the text entry field 906 with the appearance shown in FIG. 9I.

[0243] 9K and 9L illustrate computer system 101 entering text corresponding to speech input 916e of FIG. 9J in response to speech input 916e described above with reference to FIG. 9J. In some embodiments, computer system 101 animates entering the text character by character, as shown in FIG. 9K and 9L. As shown in FIG. 9K, while entering the text corresponding to the speech input, computer system 101 updates the background color of text entry field 906, the glow effect 942b around text entry field 906, and / or the color and / or glow of insertion marker 912 according to a detected audio level (e.g., of speech input 916e). FIG. 9K illustrates displaying a first portion 946a of text corresponding to speech input 916e in a first color and a second portion 948a of text corresponding to speech input 916e in a second color and / or glow effect while entering the text corresponding to speech input 916e. For example, when computer system 101 displays an additional character corresponding to speech input 916e, computer system 101 displays the character with a color and / or glow effect that varies according to the detected audio level, and then transitions to a solid first color. In some embodiments, the color of the background of text entry field 906, the glow effect 942b around text entry field 906, the color and / or glow of insertion marker 912, and the color of second portion 948a vary coordinately in response to the detected audio level.

[0244] Figure 9L illustrates the continued entry of text in response to the speech input 916e shown in Figure 9J. As the detected audio level continues to change (e.g., the electronic device continues to detect the speech input 916e) as shown in Figure 9L, the computer system 101 updates the background color of the text entry field 906, the glow effect 942c around the text entry field 906, and / or the color and / or glow of the insertion marker 912 according to the detected audio level (e.g., of the speech input 916e). As shown in Figure 9L, as the computer system 101 adds characters to the entered text, the portion of the text 946b displayed in a solid color includes the additional characters and displays the characters 948b in a color and / or glow that corresponds to the audio level before the characters were displayed in a solid color as they were added to the text entry field 906.

[0245] In some embodiments, when computer system 101 no longer detects speech input 916e, computer system 101 displays text entry field 906 with the text corresponding to the speech input with the appearance shown in FIG. 9I. For example, computer system 101 displays text entry field 906 with a solid background color that remains the same regardless of the detected audio level, ceases displaying a glowing effect around text entry field 906, and ceases displaying insertion marker 912 in text entry field 906. In some embodiments, while displaying the text corresponding to speech input 916e in the text entry field, computer system 101 receives an input corresponding to a request to conduct an Internet search based on the text in the text entry field. In some embodiments, in response to the input, computer system 101 displays search results related to the text in the text entry field (e.g., the text corresponding to speech input 916e).

[0246] In some embodiments, computer system 101 enters text into text entry field 906 in response to one or more typed text entry inputs, but computer system 101 displays text entry field 906 having the appearance shown in FIG. 9I instead of the appearance shown in FIG. 9J-9L. For example, FIGS. 9M-9N show examples of computer system 101 entering text into text entry field 906 in response to input received using soft keyboard 950. In some embodiments, computer system 101 similarly enters text into text entry field 906 in response to input received using a hardware keyboard. In some embodiments, computer system 101 enters text into text entry field 906 in response to input directed to a soft keyboard according to one or more steps of method(s) 1200, 1400, 1600, and / or 2200. In some embodiments, computer system 101 enters text into text entry field 906 in response to input directed to a hardware keyboard according to one or more steps of method 2400.

[0247] In FIG. 9M, computer system 101 simultaneously displays text entry field 906 along with soft keyboard 950. In some embodiments, soft keyboard 950 is displayed along with option 954 that, when selected, causes computer system 101 to enter text into text entry field 906 in response to speech input. In some embodiments, as shown in FIG. 9M, computer system 101 displays text entry field 906 with a background color that does not change according to detected audio levels without a glow effect. In some embodiments, text entry field 906 does not include a dictation icon. Although FIG. 9M shows text entry field 906 displayed without an insertion marker, in some embodiments, text entry field 906 includes an insertion marker. In FIG. 9M, computer system 101 receives input directed at soft keyboard 950 with hand 903. In response to the input shown in FIG. 9M, computer system 101 enters text corresponding to the input directed at the soft keyboard, as shown in FIG. 9N.

[0248] 9N illustrates computer system 101 displaying text entry field 906 with text 952 corresponding to the input shown in FIG. 9M. In some embodiments, computer system 101 displays text 952 in a color that does not change over time and / or in response to detected audio levels as computer system 952 enters text and / or after computer system 952 enters text. In some embodiments, during and after entering text 952 in text entry field 906, computer system 101 displays text entry field 906 in a background color that does not change in response to detected audio levels without a glow effect. In some embodiments, while displaying text 952 in text entry field 906, computer system 101 receives an input corresponding to a request to conduct an Internet search based on text 952 in text entry field 906, and in response to the input, displays search results that correspond to text 952.

[0249] Additional description regarding FIGS. 9A-9N is provided below with reference to the method 1000 described with respect to FIGS. 9A-9N.

[0250] 10A-10R are flow diagrams of methods for entering text into a text entry field, according to various embodiments. In some embodiments, method 1000 is performed in a computer system (e.g., computer system 101 of FIG. 1) that includes a display generating component (e.g., display generating component 120 of FIGS. 1, 3, and 4) (e.g., a heads-up display, a display, a touch screen, and / or a projector) and one or more input devices. In some embodiments, method 1000 is governed by instructions stored in a non-transitory (or transitory) computer-readable storage medium and executed by one or more processors of the computer system, such as one or more processors 202 of computer system 101 (e.g., control 110 of FIG. 1A). Some operations in method 1000 are, optionally, combined and / or the order of some operations is, optionally, changed.

[0251] In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 9A , method 1000 is performed in a computer system (e.g., 101) in communication with a display generation component (e.g., 120) and one or more input devices. In some embodiments, the computer system is the same as or similar to the computer system described above with reference to method 800. In some embodiments, the one or more input devices are the same as or similar to the one or more input devices described above with reference to method 800. In some embodiments, the display generation component is the same as or similar to the display generation component described above with reference to method 800.

[0252] In some embodiments, a computer system (e.g., 101), via a display generating component (e.g., 120), displays (1002a) a text entry field (e.g., 906), such as in FIG. 9A. In some embodiments, the text entry field is displayed in a three-dimensional environment that is the same as or similar to the three-dimensional environment described above with reference to method 800. In some embodiments, the text entry field is an interactive user interface element that accepts text input. In some embodiments, the three-dimensional environment includes a selectable option that, when selected, causes the computer system to perform an action on the text that was (e.g., previously) entered into the text entry field. For example, the text entry field is a web address bar, a search box, a field that accepts a file name, a message field, or a word processor, and the selectable option is a navigation option, a search option, a save or load option, an option to send a message, or an option to save the entered text as a document, respectively. In some embodiments, the text entry field has one or more of the characteristics of a text entry field described below with reference to methods 1200, 1400, and / or 1600.

[0253] In some embodiments, while displaying (1002b) a text entry field, such as in FIG. 9A, via a display generating component (e.g., 120), the computer system (e.g., 101) detects (1002c) a first speech input, such as in FIG. 9B, from a user via one or more input devices (e.g., a microphone). In some embodiments, receiving the first speech input includes detecting the user speaking a word, a number, a letter, and / or a special character (e.g., a non-letter symbol included in written text). In some embodiments, while detecting the user's gaze directed at the text entry field and the first speech input, the computer system does not detect additional input (e.g., via one or more input devices other than an eye tracking device and / or a microphone) corresponding to a request to enter text into the text entry field.

[0254] In some embodiments, in response to detecting (1002d) a first speech input (e.g., 916a) from a user while displaying (1002b) via the display generation component (e.g., 120) the text entry field, as in FIG. 9A, the computer system, in accordance with a determination that the user's attention (including, e.g., gaze 913a) is directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) such as in FIG. 9B when the first speech input (e.g., 916a) from the user is received (e.g., the user's gaze or a proxy of the user's gaze is maintained for a threshold period prior to detecting the first speech input, as described in more detail below), displays (1002e) a text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906) such as in FIG. 9C, via the display generation component (e.g., 120). In some embodiments, the text representation of the first speech input is a written representation of the words and / or letters spoken by the user. In some embodiments, prior to receiving the first speech input, the computer system presents the distinct text in the text entry field, and displaying the font-based text representation of the first speech input includes replacing the distinct text with the text representation of the first speech input. For example, the distinct text indicates a purpose of the text entry field (e.g., "message" or similar text in a messaging text entry field, "search" or "enter search terms here" in a search text entry field) or includes text associated with a previous or current function of an application associated with the text entry field (e.g., a URL of a website presented in a web browser when the first speech input is received). In some embodiments, the font-based text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field is added to the distinct text, such as adding text to a document in a word processing application.

[0255] In some embodiments, in response to detecting a first speech input (e.g., 916a) from the user while displaying the text entry field (1002b) via the display generation component (e.g., 120) (1002d), as in FIG. 9A, or in response to a determination that the user's attention (e.g., 913b) is not directed to the text entry field (e.g., 902) when the first speech input (e.g., 916b) from the user is received (e.g., the user's gaze is not directed to the text entry field or the gaze is maintained for less than a threshold period, described in more detail below, and prior to detecting the first speech input), as in FIG. 9C, the computer system (e.g., 101) ceases to display (e.g., 1002f) the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906), as in FIG. 9E. In some embodiments, ceasing to display the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field includes maintaining display of the distinct text displayed in the text entry field while the first speech input was detected.

[0256] Displaying a textual representation of a first speech input in a text entry field as described above enhances user interaction with the computer system by providing an additional control technique (e.g., speech input) without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0257] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 9B, determining that the user's attention (e.g., 913a) is directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) when a first speech input from the user (e.g., 916a) is received includes determining that the user's gaze (e.g., 913a) is directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) for at least a time threshold (e.g., 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, or 3 seconds) (1004a). In some embodiments, the computer system uses an eye tracking device included in one or more input devices to determine the location of the user's gaze. In some embodiments, determining that the user's attention is not directed to the text entry field includes determining that the user's gaze is not directed to the text entry field or that the user's gaze is directed to the text entry field for less than a time threshold. Displaying a textual representation of the first speech input in a text entry field based on detecting a user's gaze directed at the text entry field for a time threshold improves user interaction with the computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0258] In some embodiments, such as FIG. 9A, detecting that the user's attention (e.g., 913a) is directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) includes detecting that the user's gaze (e.g., 913a) is directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) for longer than a time threshold (e.g., 0.1, 0.2, 0, 3, 0.5, 1, 2, or 3 seconds) (1006a). In some embodiments, such as FIG. 9B, in response to detecting the user's gaze (e.g., 913a) directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) while displaying the text entry field (e.g., 906), the computer system (e.g., 101) presents an indication (e.g., 910a and / or 914) of the duration the user's gaze was directed to the text entry field (1006b). In some embodiments, the computer system modifies the indication of the duration the user's gaze was directed to the text entry field as the user's gaze continues to be directed to the text entry field. In some embodiments, the computer system presents an indication in response to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the text entry field for a time threshold. In some embodiments, the indication is a visual indication displayed via a display generation component. In some embodiments, the indication is an audio indication presented via one or more audio output devices in communication with the computer system. In some embodiments, the visual indication is a gradual expansion (e.g., horizontally) of the text entry field. In some embodiments, the visual indication is a progress bar. In some embodiments, the visual indication is a gradual change in color of the text entry field and / or an outline of the text entry field.

[0259] Presenting an indication of the duration a user's gaze was directed at a text entry field enhances user interaction with a computer system by providing enhanced feedback to the user.

[0260] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 9B, in response to detecting (1008a) a user's gaze (e.g., 913a) directed at the text entry field (e.g., 906) while displaying the text entry field (e.g., 906), the computer system (e.g., 101) presents (1008b) a second indication (e.g., 910a and / or 914) indicating that a first speech input (e.g., 916a) is directed at the text entry field (e.g., 906) in accordance with a determination of a duration (e.g., meeting or exceeding a time threshold) that the user's gaze (e.g., 913a) was directed at the text entry field (e.g., 906). In some embodiments, presenting the second indication indicating that the first speech input is directed at the text entry field includes expanding the text entry field. For example, the computer system increases a width of the text entry field. In some embodiments, presenting the second indication that the first speech input is directed to the text entry field includes initiating the display of a visual indication (e.g., an icon or image, such as an image of a microphone or a speech bubble). In some embodiments, the second indication that the first speech input is directed to the text entry field is displayed at an insertion location in the text within the text entry field where the text of the first speech input is entered in response to the first speech input. In some embodiments, the second indication that the first speech input is directed to the text entry field is an audio indication presented via one or more audio output devices in communication with the computer system.

[0261] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 9A, in response to detecting a user's gaze (e.g., 913a) directed toward the text entry field (e.g., 906) while displaying the text entry field (e.g., 906) (1008a), the computer system (e.g., 101) ceases presenting the second indication (1008c) in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze (e.g., 913a) was directed toward the text entry field (e.g., 906) for a duration less than a time threshold. In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the user's gaze was directed toward the text entry field, the computer system maintains the display of the visual indication regardless of whether the user's gaze was directed toward the text entry field for the time threshold. In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the user's gaze was directed toward the text entry field for the time threshold, the computer system ceases displaying the visual indication that the user's gaze is directed toward the text entry field.

[0262] Presenting a second indication that the first speech input is directed toward the text entry field in response to the user's gaze being directed toward the text entry field for a time threshold improves user interaction with the computer system by providing enhanced feedback to the user.

[0263] In some embodiments, in response to detecting (1010a) a first speech input (e.g., 916a) from a user while displaying the text entry field (e.g., 906), as in FIG. 9B, and pursuant to a determination that the user's attention (e.g., 913a) is directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906), the computer system (e.g., 101), via the display generation component (e.g., 120), displays a text cursor (e.g., 912) within the text entry field (e.g., 906), and a text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input is inserted (1010b) into the text entry field (e.g., 906) at the location of the text cursor (e.g., 912) within the text entry field (e.g., 906), as in FIG. 9C. In some embodiments, the computer system does not display the text cursor in the text entry field unless and until it detects a first speech input from a user while the user's attention is directed to the text entry field. In some embodiments, the text cursor is an insertion marker. In some embodiments, after displaying the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field, pursuant to a determination that the user's attention is still directed to the text entry field, the computer system maintains the display of the text cursor at an updated location in the text entry field (e.g., at the end of the text representation of the first speech input). In some embodiments, the text cursor is a visual indication displayed via a display generation component that indicates a location in the text entry field where text will be entered in response to an input corresponding to a request to enter text into the text entry field (e.g., a dictation input, a soft keyboard input according to methods 1200, 1400, and / or 1600, or a hardware keyboard input).In some embodiments, the computer system updates the position of the text cursor within the text entry field while entering the individual pieces of text into the text entry field in response to an input corresponding to the request to enter text to indicate that subsequent text entered in response to the subsequent input corresponding to the request to enter text into the text entry field is entered after the individual pieces of text.

[0264] In some embodiments, in response to detecting (1010a) a first speech input (e.g., 916a) from a user while displaying a text entry field (e.g., 906) as in FIG. 9B, and determining that the user's attention (e.g., 913b) is not directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) as in FIG. 9C, the computer system (e.g., 101) ceases to display (1010c) a text cursor within the text entry field (e.g., 906) as in FIG. 9A.

[0265] Displaying a text cursor in a text entry field enhances user interaction with a computer system by providing enhanced visual feedback to the user.

[0266] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 9A , detecting that a user's attention (e.g., 913a) is directed to a text entry field (e.g., 906) includes detecting that the user's gaze (e.g., 913a) is directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) for longer than a time threshold (e.g., 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, or 3 seconds) (1012a).

[0267] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 9A , while the user's attention (e.g., 913a) is directed away from the text entry field (e.g., 906), the computer system (e.g., 101), via the display generation component (e.g., 120), displays (1012b) the text entry field (e.g., 906) having a visual characteristic (e.g., color, opacity, line style, and / or size) having a first value.

[0268] In some embodiments, while displaying a text entry field (e.g., 906) having a visual characteristic with a first value via a display generation component (e.g., 120) as in FIG. 9A, a computer system (e.g., 101) detects (1012c) a user's gaze (e.g., 913a) directed toward the text entry field (e.g., 913a) as in FIG. 9A via one or more input devices (e.g., 314).

[0269] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 9B, in response to detecting a user's gaze (e.g., 913a) directed at the text entry field (e.g., 906), the computer system (e.g., 101) gradually modifies (1012d) the display of the text entry field (e.g., 906) having the visual characteristic with a first value, via the display generating component (e.g., 120), to display the text entry field (e.g., 906) having the visual characteristic with a second value different from the first value according to the duration the user's gaze (e.g., 913a) is directed at the text entry field (e.g., 906). In some embodiments, the value of the visual characteristic changes over time as the user's gaze remains directed at the text entry field. For example, the visual characteristic may be color, size, border, or intensity, and the computer system may display the text entry field in a first color, size, border, or intensity while the user's gaze is not directed at the text entry field, gradually change the color, size, border, or intensity of the text entry field while the user's gaze remains directed at the text entry field, and transition to displaying the text entry field in a second color, size, border, or intensity in response to detecting the user's gaze directed at the text entry field for a time threshold.

[0270] Gradually modifying the values ​​of visual characteristics of a text entry field in response to detecting a user's gaze directed at the text entry field enhances user interaction with a computer system by providing enhanced visual feedback to the user.

[0271] In some embodiments, in response to detecting a first speech input (e.g., 916b) from a user while displaying the text entry field (e.g., 906) via the display generating component (e.g., 120) as in FIG. 9B, in accordance with a determination that the user's attention (e.g., 913a) is directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) when a first speech input (e.g., 916a) from the user is received, the computer system (e.g., 101) displays (1014) via the display generating component (e.g., 120) the text entry field (e.g., 906) with visual characteristics (e.g., size, color, opacity, outline style, and / or visual effects such as glow or shadow) having discrete values ​​that change over time in accordance with changes over time in the characteristics (e.g., volume, tone, and / or frequency) of the first speech input (e.g., 916a). In some embodiments, the visual characteristic is a glow effect displayed around the text entry field. In some embodiments, the intensity (e.g., color darkness, brightness, saturation, thickness, and / or opacity) of the glow (and / or other visual characteristics) varies over time according to the audio level of the first speech input.

[0272] Displaying a text entry field having visual characteristics with individual values ​​that change over time according to characteristics of the first speech input enhances user interaction with the computer system by providing enhanced visual feedback to the user.

[0273] In some embodiments, after detecting a first speech input (e.g., 916a) from a user via one or more input devices while displaying (1016a) a text entry field (e.g., 906) via a display generating component (e.g., 120), as in FIG. 9B, the computer system (e.g., 101) detects (1016b) a second speech input (e.g., 916b) that is a continuation of the first speech input from the user via one or more input devices (e.g., 314) while the user's attention (e.g., 913b) is not directed to the text entry field, as in FIG. 9C. In some embodiments, the start of the second speech input from the user is detected within a time threshold (e.g., 0.5, 1, 2, 3, 4, or 5 seconds) of detecting the end of the first speech input. For example, the computer system detects that the user has not spoken for less than the time threshold between the first speech input and the second speech input. In some embodiments, the user's attention is directed to an area of ​​the three-dimensional environment other than the text entry field. In some embodiments, the user's attention is not directed to the three-dimensional environment. In some embodiments, the user's eyes are closed for longer than a time threshold associated with blinking (e.g., 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, or 3 seconds).

[0274] In some embodiments, after detecting a first speech input (e.g., 916a) from a user via one or more input devices, as in FIG. 9B, while displaying the text entry field (e.g., 906) (1016a), via the display generation component (e.g., 120); in response to detecting a second speech input (e.g., 916b) from the user while the user's attention (e.g., 913b) was not directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) (1016c), as in FIG. 9C; or pursuant to a determination that the user's attention (e.g., 913a) was directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) when the first speech input (e.g., 916a) from the user was received, as in FIG. 9B, the computer system (e.g., 101) displays, via the display generation component (e.g., 120), a text representation (e.g., 920) of the second speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906) (1016d), as in FIG. 9D. In some embodiments, the computer system displays the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field while the user is providing the second speech input. In some embodiments, the computer system displays the text representation of the second speech input in the text entry field simultaneously with the text representation of the first speech input. In some embodiments, the computer system initiates a process of presenting the text representation of the speech input in the text entry field in response to detecting the user's attention directed to the text entry field, and continues to enter the text representation of the additional speech input even if additional speech input is detected while the user's attention is no longer directed to the text entry field.

[0275] In some embodiments, after detecting a first speech input (e.g., 916a) from a user via one or more input devices, as in FIG. 9B, while displaying the text entry field (e.g., 906) via the display generation component (e.g., 120) (1016a), in response to detecting a second speech input (e.g., 916b) from the user while the user's attention (e.g., 913b) was not directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) as in FIG. 9C (1016c), or pursuant to a determination that the user's attention was not directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) when the first speech input was received, the computer system (e.g., 101), via the display generation component (e.g., 120), ceases to display (1016e) the text representation of the second speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906), as in FIG. 9E. In some embodiments, because the user's attention was not directed to the text entry field when the first speech input was received, the computer system refrains from displaying the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field and displays the text entry field without the text representation of the first speech input while the second speech input is received (e.g., regardless of where the user is looking while the computer system detects the second speech input). In some embodiments, the computer system does not begin the process of entering the text representation of the speech input into the text entry field unless and until the computer system detects the user's attention directed to the text entry field.

[0276] Displaying a textual representation of the second speech input in a text entry field enhances user interaction with the computer system by performing an action when a set of conditions is met without requiring further user input.

[0277] In some embodiments, while displaying (1018a) a text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906) in response to detecting a first speech input from a user while the user's attention was directed to the text entry field, as in FIG. 9C, the computer system (e.g., 101) receives (1018b) via one or more input devices (e.g., 120) a second speech input (e.g., 916b) that is a continuation of the first speech input from the user while the user's attention (e.g., 906) was directed away from the text entry field, as in FIG. 9C. In some embodiments, the second speech input received while the user's attention was directed away from the text entry field is similar to the second speech input received while the user's attention was directed away from the text entry field, as described above.

[0278] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 9C , in response to detecting a first speech input from a user while the user's attention is directed to the text entry field, while displaying (1018a) a text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input within a text entry field (e.g., 906):

[0279] As in Figure 9D, in response to receiving the second speech input (e.g., 916b in Figure 9C), the computer system (e.g., 101), via the display generation component (e.g., 120), displays (1018c) a textual representation of the second first speech input (e.g., 920). In some embodiments, the computer system continues to input a user-spoken textual representation after inputting the textual representation of the first speech input in response to detecting the user's attention directed to the text entry field while providing the first speech input, as described above.

[0280] Displaying a textual representation of a continuation of a first speech input in a text entry field enhances user interaction with a computer system by performing an action when a set of conditions are met without requiring further user input.

[0281] In some embodiments, while displaying a text representation (e.g., 920) of a first speech input in a text entry field (e.g., 906) via a display generation component (e.g., after detecting the first speech input while the user's attention is directed to the text entry field), the computer system (e.g., 101) detects (1020a) a second speech input (e.g., 916b) via one or more input devices (e.g., 314) that is a continuation of the first speech input from the user while the user's attention (e.g., 913b) is not directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906), as in FIG. 9C. In some embodiments, the second speech input from the user detected while the user's attention is not directed to the text entry field is similar to the second speech input from the user detected while the user's attention is not directed to the text entry field described above.

[0282] In some embodiments, as in Figure 9E, in response to detecting a second speech input (e.g., 916b) from the user while the user's attention (e.g., 913b) is not directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906), the computer system (e.g., 101), via the display generation component (e.g., 120), ceases displaying (1020b) the text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906). In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the user's attention has been directed away from the text entry field (e.g., detecting that the user has looked away from the text entry field), the computer system deletes the text in the text entry field that was previously entered via dictation. In some embodiments, in response to detecting that the user's attention has been directed away from the text entry field (e.g., detecting that the user has looked away from the text entry field), the computer system deletes the text in the text entry field that was entered via dictation without performing an action associated with the text entry field (e.g., searching for a search term entered in the text entry field, sending a message entered in the text entry field, and / or navigating to a website entered in the text entry field).

[0283] Ceasing to display the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field in response to detecting a second speech input while the user's attention is directed away from the text entry field improves user interaction with the computer system by reducing the number of inputs required to perform an action (e.g., removing the text representation of the first speech input from the text entry field).

[0284] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 9B, in response to detecting a first speech input (e.g., 916a) from a user, in accordance with a determination that the user's attention (e.g., 913a) was directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) when the first speech input (e.g., 916a) was received, the computer system (e.g., 101), via the display generation component (e.g., 120), displays (1022a) the text entry field (e.g., 906) with visual characteristics (e.g., color, size, opacity, text style such as font style, text size, and / or text highlighting, and / or border style) having a first value. In some embodiments, the computer system displays the text entry field with visual characteristics having the first value while detecting the speech input while the user's attention is directed to the text entry field. In some embodiments, the computer system displays a text representation of the speech input with highlighting in response to (e.g., and during) detecting the speech input while the user's attention is directed to the text entry field. In some embodiments, the computer system performs the display.

[0285] In some embodiments, while displaying, via a display generating component (e.g., 120), a text entry field (e.g., 906) having a visual characteristic with a first value, as in FIG. 9C, the computer system (e.g., 101) detects (1022b), via one or more input devices (e.g., 314), that the user's attention (e.g., 913b) is not directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906). In some embodiments, the user's attention is directed to an area of ​​the three-dimensional environment other than the text entry field. In some embodiments, the user's attention is directed away from the three-dimensional environment (e.g., away from the display generating component). In some embodiments, the user closes their eyes for more than a time threshold associated with blinking (e.g., 0.5, 1, 2, 3, or 5 seconds).

[0286] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 9A, in response to detecting that the user's attention is not directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906), the computer system (e.g., 101), via the display generation component (e.g., 120), displays (1022c) the text entry field (e.g., 906) with a visual characteristic having a distinct value that changes over time until it reaches a second value different from the first value. In some embodiments, the value of the visual characteristic changes gradually over time until it reaches the second value in response to detecting that the user's attention is not directed to the text entry field. For example, a highlight on the text contained in the text entry field gradually fades. Transitioning to displaying the text entry field with the visual characteristic having the second value in response to detecting that the user's attention is not directed to the text entry field enhances user interaction with the computer system by providing the user with enhanced visual feedback.

[0287] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 9D , in response to detecting a first speech input from a user (1024a) while displaying a text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input in a text entry field (e.g., 906), the computer system (e.g., 101) detects (1024b) a second speech input (e.g., 916c) via one or more input devices (e.g., 314).

[0288] In some embodiments, in response to detecting a first speech input from a user (1024a) while displaying the text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906), as in FIG. 9D, in response to detecting a second speech input (e.g., 916c), as in FIG. 9D, in accordance with a determination that the second speech input (e.g., 916c) corresponds to a request to perform an action on the text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906) and one or more criteria are met (e.g., including criteria that are met when the user's attention is directed to the text entry field), the computer system (e.g., 101) performs an action on the text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906) (1024d). In some embodiments, the second speech input is or includes a predefined speech associated with the action. For example, the text entry field may be a compose message field, the second speech input may be "send", "send that", etc., and the action may be to send a message including the text representation of the first speech input. As another example, the text entry field may be a search field, the second speech input may be "search", "go", etc., and the action may be to perform a search that includes the text representation of the first speech input as a search term.

[0289] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 9D , in response to detecting a first speech input from a user (1024a) while displaying the text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906), in response to detecting a second speech input (e.g., 916c), the computer system (e.g., 101) refrains from performing an action on the text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906) in response to determining that the second speech input does not correspond to a request to perform an action on the text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906) or one or more criteria are not met (1024e). In some embodiments, the second speech input does not include a predefined speech associated with the action. In some embodiments, in response to a second speech input that does not correspond to a request to perform an action (e.g., instead of or in addition to the text representation of the first speech input), the computer displays a text representation of the second speech input in the text entry field.

[0290] Performing an action on a textual representation of a first speech input in a text entry field in response to a second speech input enhances user interaction with the computer system by providing additional control without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0291] In some embodiments, such as FIG. 9D , in accordance with a determination that the text entry field (e.g., 906) is a first type of text entry field, a determination that the second speech input (e.g., 916c) corresponds to a request to perform an action on a text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906) is based on one or more first criteria (1026a). In some embodiments, the one or more first criteria include a criterion that is met when the second speech input includes the first speech. For example, if the text entry field is a search field, the one or more first criteria include a criterion that is met when the second speech input includes “search,” “go,” etc. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the second speech input corresponds to an action associated with a second type of text entry field different from the first type of text entry field, the computer system refrains from performing the action on the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field.

[0292] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the text entry field is a second type of text entry field different from the first type of text entry field (e.g., a text entry field different from text entry field 906 of FIG. 9D), a determination that the second speech input (e.g., 916c) corresponds to a request to perform an action on the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 920) is based on one or more second criteria different from the one or more first criteria (1026b). In some embodiments, the one or more second criteria include a criterion that is met when the second speech input includes the second speech. For example, if the text entry field is a messaging field, the one or more first criteria include a criterion that is met when the second speech input includes "send," "send it," etc. In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the second speech input corresponds to an action associated with a first type of text entry field different from the second type of text entry field, the computer system refrains from performing the action on the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field.

[0293] Evaluating the second speech input according to different criteria depending on the type of text entry field enhances user interaction with the computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0294] In some embodiments, the one or more criteria include a criterion that is met when the user's gaze (e.g., 913c) is directed toward the text entry field (e.g., 906) (e.g., for at least a time threshold (e.g., 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.5, 1, 2, or 3 seconds)) while the computer system (e.g., 101) detects the second speech input (e.g., 916c) as in FIG. 9D (1028). In some embodiments, pursuant to a determination that the user's gaze is not directed toward the text entry field while the computer system detects the second input, the computer system refrains from performing the action on the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field, regardless of whether the second speech input meets one or more additional criteria for determining that the second speech input corresponds to a request to perform an action on the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field, such as the first speech input including a default speech associated with the action.

[0295] Determining that the second speech input corresponds to a request to perform an action on the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field based on the user's gaze being directed toward the text entry field while detecting the second speech input improves user interaction with the computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0296] In some embodiments, such as FIG. 9A, prior to detecting a first speech input (e.g., 916a) from a user, as in FIG. 9B, the computer system (e.g., 101) displays (1030a) the personalized text in the text entry field (e.g., 906) via the display generation component (e.g., 120), as in FIG. 9A. In some embodiments, the personalized text was previously entered in response to a second speech input similar to the first speech input described above, and according to the same or similar conditions as those described above. In some embodiments, the personalized text was previously entered by the user via a different input modality, such as using a soft keyboard according to one or more of methods 1200, 1400, or 1600 described below, or using a hardware keyboard. In some embodiments, the personalized text is placeholder text that is automatically displayed by the computer system without receiving input corresponding to a request to enter placeholder text in the text entry field.

[0297] In some embodiments, in response to detecting a first speech input (e.g., 916a) from the user, as in FIG. 9B, in accordance with a determination that the user's attention (e.g., 913a) is directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906), the computer system (e.g., 101), via the display generation component (e.g., 120), ceases displaying the distinct text in the text entry field (e.g., 906) and displays (1030b) a text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906) as in FIG. 9C. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first speech input from the user while the user's attention is directed to the text entry field, the computer system replaces the distinct text with the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field. In some embodiments, the computer system ceases displaying the distinct text in the text entry field in response to the first speech input without detecting any additional input corresponding to a request to cease displaying the distinct text in the text entry field. Ceasing to display the separate text and displaying a textual representation of the first speech input in the text entry field in response to detecting the first speech input enhances user interaction with the computer system by performing an action when a set of conditions are met without requiring further user input.

[0298] In some embodiments, prior to detecting a first speech input from a user, as in FIG. 9F, the computer system (e.g., 101), via the display generating component (e.g., 120), displays (1032a) the individual text and a cursor (e.g., 928) at a first location in the text entry field (e.g., 926). In some embodiments, the computer system displays the cursor in accordance with a determination that the individual text is capable of being edited. In some embodiments, the computer system displays the cursor in accordance with a determination that the individual text is capable of being edited in a manner other than replacing the entire individual text (e.g., adding text or deleting a portion of the individual text without detecting the entire individual text). In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the individual text is not capable of being edited, the computer system (optionally in response to detecting a first speech input while the user's attention is directed to the text entry field) ceases displaying the cursor prior to detecting the first speech input.

[0299] 9G, in response to detecting a first speech input (e.g., 916d) from a user, in accordance with a determination (1032a) that the user's attention (e.g., 913d) is directed to the text entry field (e.g., 926), the computer system (e.g., 101), via the display generation component (e.g., 120), maintains (1032b) the display of the discrete text in the text entry field (e.g., 926). In some embodiments, in response to detecting the first speech input while the user's attention is directed to the text entry field in accordance with a determination that the discrete text is not available for editing, the computer system ceases displaying the discrete text in the text entry field and displays a cursor or visual indication, described in more detail below.

[0300] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 9G, in response to detecting a first speech input (e.g., 916d) from the user and following a determination (1032a) that the user's attention (e.g., 913d) is directed to the text entry field (e.g., 926), the computer system (e.g., 101), via the display generation component (e.g., 120), ceases displaying (1032d) a cursor in the text entry field (e.g., 926).

[0301] In some embodiments, as in FIG. 9G, in response to detecting a first speech input (e.g., 916d) from a user and following a determination (1032a) that the user's attention (e.g., 913d) is directed to the text entry field (e.g., 926), the computer system (e.g., 101), via the display generation component (e.g., 120), displays a visual indication (e.g., 930) in a second location (e.g., the same as the first location or different from the first location) within the text entry field (e.g., 926), and a textual representation of the first speech input is added (1032e) to the individual text at the second location within the text entry field (e.g., 926). In some embodiments, the visual indication is different from a cursor. In some embodiments, the visual indication is the same as a cursor. In some embodiments, after entering the text representation of the first speech input into the text entry field, the computer system displays a visual indication adjacent to (e.g., immediately after) the text representation of the first speech input. In some embodiments, the visual indication is an image of a microphone or a speech bubble or a person speaking. In some embodiments, in response to detecting the user's attention being directed away from the text entry field without detecting a continuation of the first speech input, the computer system ceases displaying the visual indication and begins displaying a cursor (e.g., at a location in the text entry field that corresponds to the text representation of the first speech input).

[0302] Displaying a visual indication at a location within the text entry field where a text representation of the first speech input is added in response to detecting a first speech input from a user enhances user interaction with the computer system by providing enhanced visual feedback to the user.

[0303] In some embodiments, as in Figures 9G-9H, in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze (e.g., 913d) is directed toward a first portion of text in the text entry field (e.g., 926) while a first speech input (e.g., 916d) from the user is detected, a second location at which the text representation of the speech is added to the individual text is proximate (e.g., near or adjacent) to the first portion of text (1034a).

[0304] In some embodiments, in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed to a second portion of the text in a text entry field (e.g., 926) that is different from the first location in the text entry field while the first speech input from the user is detected (e.g., the user's gaze 913d in FIG. 9G is at a location other than the location shown in FIG. 9G), the second location at which the textual representation of the speech is added to the individual text is proximate (e.g., near or adjacent) to the second portion of the text (1034b). In some embodiments, the computer system displays a visual indication at a location in the text entry field where the user is looking while the user's attention is directed to the text entry field. In some embodiments, the computer system updates the position of the position of the visual indication in accordance with the user's gaze moving from one location in the text entry field to another location in the text entry field before the user provides the first speech input. In some embodiments, once the computer system displays the visual indication at the second location, the computer system maintains the display of the visual indication at the second location even if the user's gaze moves from the second location until the computer system ceases displaying the visual indication in accordance with one or more criteria being met (e.g., the user moves their attention away from the text entry field, or the user provides input to a user interface element other than the text entry field, or the user provides input to cease entering text into the text entry field based on the first speech input).

[0305] Displaying visual indications and entering text at a location based on the user's gaze enhances user interaction with a computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with additional displayed controls.

[0306] In some embodiments, such as FIG. 9C , while displaying (1036a) a text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906) via the display generation component (e.g., 120) in response to detecting a first speech input from the user according to a determination that the user's attention was directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) when the first speech input from the user was received, the computer system (e.g., 101) detects (1036b) the user's attention (e.g., 913b) that is not directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) via one or more input devices (e.g., 314) while detecting (1036b) a second speech input that is a continuation of the first speech input from the user via one or more input devices, as in FIG. 9C . In some embodiments, the second speech input that is a continuation of the first speech input detected while the user's attention is not directed to the text entry field is similar to the second speech input that is a continuation of the first speech input detected while the user's attention is not directed to the text entry field, as described in more detail above.

[0307] In some embodiments, such as FIG. 9C , while displaying (1036a) a text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906) via the display generation component (e.g., 120) in response to detecting the first speech input from the user in accordance with a determination that the user's attention is directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) when the first speech input from the user is received, in response to detecting the user's attention (e.g., 913b) not being directed to the text entry field (e.g., 926), as in FIG. 9G , in accordance with a determination that the text entry field (e.g., 906) is a first type of text entry field, the computer system (e.g., 101) displays (1036d) a continuation of the text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input (e.g., 920) in the text entry field (e.g., 906) via the display generation component (e.g., 120) in the text entry field (e.g., 906) in response to detecting the user's attention (e.g., 913b) not being directed to the text entry field (e.g., 926), as in FIG. 9D . In some embodiments, the computer system maintains display of the textual representation of the first speech input in the text entry field while simultaneously displaying the textual representation of the second speech input. In some embodiments, the computer system ceases displaying the textual representation of the first speech input in the text entry field and replaces it with the textual representation of the second speech input in the text entry field. In some embodiments, the first type of text entry field is a long text entry field in which the computer system requires input in addition to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the text entry field to initiate dictation, such as a note field, a word processing application field, an email composition field, etc. In some embodiments, in addition to detecting a user's gaze directed toward the text entry field, the input is a dictation input, a separate gesture performed with a body part of the user, and / or a selection of a user interface element associated with a separate speech input (e.g., "Hey voice assistant, start dictation," etc.).

[0308] In some embodiments, such as in FIG. 9C, while displaying (1036a) the text representation (e.g., 920) of the first speech input in the text entry field (e.g., 906) via the display generating component (e.g., 120) in response to detecting the first speech input from the user in response to a determination that the user's attention is directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906) when the first speech input from the user is received, in response to detecting the user's attention (e.g., 913b) not being directed to the text entry field (e.g., 906), in response to a determination that the text entry field (e.g., 906) is a second type of text entry field different from the first type of text entry field, in FIG. 9E, the computer system (e.g., 101) ceases displaying (1036e) the text representation of the second speech input in the text entry field via the display generating component (e.g., 120). In some embodiments, the computer system ceases displaying the text representation of the first speech input. In some embodiments, the computer system maintains a display of the text representation of the first speech input. In some embodiments, the second type of text entry field is a short-form text entry field that the computer system initiates dictation in response to the user's attention being directed to the text entry field without detecting additional input to initiate dictation, such as a message field, a message or notification quick reply field, a search field, a web browser search, browse, or address field.

[0309] Selectively displaying a textual representation of a second speech input in a text entry field in response to detecting a second speech input while the user's attention is directed away from the text entry field enhances user interaction with the computer system by providing additional control options without cluttering the user interface with ad...

Claims

1. 1. A method comprising:

1. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface including scrollable content; Detecting a gaze of the user directed at the scrollable content via the one or more input devices; in response to detecting the user's gaze directed toward the scrollable content, maintaining a display of the scrollable content without scrolling the scrollable content in accordance with a determination that the gaze of the user is directed toward a first region of the scrollable content; scrolling the scrollable content according to the user's gaze, in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed to a second region of the scrollable content that is distinct from the first region, and a respective portion of the user meets a respective criterion; and maintaining display of the scrollable content without scrolling the scrollable content in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed toward the second region and that the individual portion of the user does not meet the respective criteria.

2. The method of claim 1 , wherein the respective criteria include a criterion that is met if the distinct portion of the user is not detected in a predefined pose.

3. While displaying the user interface including the scrollable content, detecting input via the one or more input devices directed at a respective user interface element, wherein detecting the input comprises detecting the user's gaze directed at the respective user interface element and detecting that the user is performing a respective gesture with a respective part of the user; The method of claim 1 or 2, further comprising: in response to detecting the input directed to the respective user interface element, performing an action associated with the respective user interface element.

4. The method of claim 1 , wherein the second region of the scrollable content includes an edge of the scrollable content.

5. The computer system scrolls the scrollable content in a first direction in accordance with the determination that the user's gaze is directed toward the second region, and the method further comprises: while displaying, via the display generation component, the user interface including the scrollable content; in response to detecting the user's gaze directed toward the scrollable content, 5. The method of claim 1, further comprising: scrolling the scrollable content in a second direction different from the first direction in response to the user's gaze in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed toward a third region of the scrollable content, the third region being different from the second region and different from the first region, and the second region and the third region having different sizes, the method comprising: scrolling the scrollable content in a second direction different from the first direction in response to the user's gaze in accordance with a determination that the individual portions of the user meet the respective criteria.

6. the second region of the scrollable content is located at a bottom of the scrollable content and has a first size; The method of claim 5 , wherein the third region of the scrollable content is located at an upper portion of the scrollable content and has a second size that is smaller than the first size.

7. Scrolling the scrollable content according to the line of sight of the user includes: scrolling the scrollable content at a first speed responsive to the user's gaze in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed to a location that is a first distance from a respective position of the scrollable content; 7. The method of claim 1, further comprising: scrolling the scrollable content at a second speed different from the first speed in response to the user's line of sight in accordance with a determination that the user's line of sight is directed to a location that is a second distance from the individual position of the scrollable content that is different from the first distance.

8. detecting, via the one or more input devices, the user's gaze directed away from the second region of the scrollable content while the gaze of the user is directed toward the second region of the scrollable content and scrolling the scrollable content according to the gaze of the user while the individual portion of the user meets the respective criteria; 8. The method of claim 1, further comprising: in response to detecting the user's gaze directed away from the second region of the scrollable content, reducing a rate at which the scrollable content is scrolling until the scrolling of the scrollable content is stopped.

9. In response to detecting the gaze of the user directed toward the scrollable content, scrolling the scrollable content according to the gaze of the user in accordance with the determination that the gaze of the user is directed toward the second region and the distinct portions of the user satisfy the respective criteria; 9. The method of claim 1, further comprising: gradually increasing a speed at which the scrollable content is scrolled while the gaze of the user is directed toward the second region and the distinct portion of the user meets the respective criteria.

10. While displaying the user interface including the scrollable content, performing, via the one or more input devices, a respective gesture by the respective portion of the user comprising a movement of the user's hand while the user's hand is in a pinch hand configuration, and detecting that the respective portion of the user does not satisfy the respective criteria while performing the respective gesture; 10. The method of claim 1, further comprising: in response to detecting that the respective part of the user has performed the respective gesture, scrolling the scrollable content according to the movement of the hand of the user (e.g., an air gesture, touch input, or other manual input) in accordance with a determination that one or more criteria are satisfied.

11. the movements of the distinct parts of the user having distinct magnitudes; In accordance with determining that the movement of the distinct portion of the user is in a first direction, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content in a second direction a first amount in response to detecting that the distinct portion of the user has performed the distinct gesture; 11. The method of claim 10, wherein in accordance with a determination that the movement of the distinct portion of the user is in a third direction that is different from the first direction, the computer system, in response to detecting that the distinct portion of the user has performed the distinct gesture, scrolls the scrollable content in a fourth direction by a second amount that is different from the first amount, the fourth direction being different from the second direction.

12. the movement of the hand of the user (e.g., an air gesture, touch input, or other manual input) includes a movement of the hand (e.g., an air gesture, touch input, or other manual input) from a first location to a second location, the hand of the user maintaining the pinch hand shape while moving from the first location to the second location, and scrolling the scrollable content in response to detecting that the distinct portions of the user have performed the distinct gestures includes: scrolling the scrollable content at a first rate in accordance with a determination that a distance between the first location and the second location is a first distance; and scrolling the scrollable content at a second speed greater than the first speed in accordance with a determination that a distance between the first location and the second location is a second distance greater than the first distance.

13. The one or more criteria include a criterion that is met when the user's hand moves at least a threshold amount while maintaining the pinch hand shape, and the method further comprises:

13. The method of claim 10, further comprising: in response to detecting that the respective portion of the user has performed the respective gesture, maintaining display of the scrollable content without scrolling the scrollable content in accordance with a determination that the movement of the user's hand (e.g., an air gesture, touch input, or other manual input) does not satisfy the one or more criteria.

14. If the velocity of the movement of the user's hand (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other manual input) is greater than a threshold velocity and the direction of the movement of the user's hand (e.g., air gesture, touch input, or other manual input) is downward, then the one or more criteria are not met and the method comprises:

14. The method of claim 10, further comprising: in response to detecting that the respective portion of the user has performed the respective gesture, maintaining display of the scrollable content without scrolling the scrollable content in accordance with a determination that the one or more criteria are not satisfied.

15. In response to detecting the gaze of the user directed toward the scrollable content, the computer system scrolls the scrollable content in a first direction according to the gaze of the user in accordance with the determination that the gaze of the user is directed toward the second region of the scrollable content and the distinct portion of the user satisfies the respective criteria, and the method further comprises: while displaying, via the display generation component, the user interface including the scrollable content; in response to detecting the user's gaze directed toward the scrollable content, 15. The method of claim 1, further comprising: scrolling the scrollable content in a second direction opposite to the first direction according to the user's gaze in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed toward a third region of the scrollable content, the third region being different from the second region, and the respective portions of the user satisfy the respective criteria.

16. In response to detecting the gaze of the user directed toward the scrollable content, scrolling the scrollable content in the first direction according to the gaze of the user in accordance with the determination that the gaze of the user is directed toward the second region of the scrollable content and the distinct portions of the user satisfy the respective criteria includes scrolling the scrollable content at a first acceleration; 16. The method of claim 15, wherein in response to detecting the user's gaze directed toward the scrollable content, scrolling the scrollable content in the second direction in accordance with the user's gaze in accordance with the determination that the user's gaze is directed toward the third region of the scrollable content and the individual portions of the user satisfy the respective criteria includes scrolling the scrollable content at a second acceleration different from the first acceleration.

17. The scrollable content includes textual content and other content, and the method further comprises: while displaying the text content of the scrollable content, without displaying the other content of the scrollable content; Detecting a movement of the user's gaze via the one or more input devices; In response to detecting the movement of the line of sight of the user, scrolling the textual content in accordance with a determination that the movement of the user's gaze satisfies one or more criteria, including criteria that are satisfied based on movement of the user's gaze relative to a line of text within the textual content; 17. The method of claim 1, further comprising: maintaining a display of the text content without scrolling the text content in accordance with a determination that the movement of the user's gaze does not satisfy the one or more criteria.

18. 20. The method of claim 17, wherein scrolling the text content in response to detecting the movement of the gaze of the user that satisfies the one or more criteria is independent of whether the distinct portions of the user are detected in a predefined pose.

19. While displaying the text content of the scrollable content without the other content of the scrollable content, Detecting the user's gaze directed toward the text content via the one or more input devices; In response to detecting the gaze of the user directed toward the text content, maintaining a display of the text content without scrolling the text content in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed toward a first region of the text content and the movement of the user's gaze does not satisfy the one or more criteria; scrolling the text content according to the gaze of the user, in accordance with a determination that the gaze of the user is directed to a second region of the text content that is different from the first region of the text content, the individual portions of the user satisfy the respective criteria, and the movement of the gaze of the user does not satisfy the one or more criteria; 19. The method of claim 17 or 18, further comprising: scrolling the text content in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed toward the first region of the text content and that the movement of the user's gaze satisfies the one or more criteria.

20. in response to detecting the user's gaze directed toward the scrollable content while displaying the scrollable content, 20. The method of claim 1, further comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, a definition of the word included in the scrollable content in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed at a word included in the first region of the scrollable content for at least a threshold time.

21. 21. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 1 to 20.

22. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by said one or more processors, said one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 1 to 20.

23. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: A computer system comprising means for carrying out the method according to any one of claims 1 to 20.

24. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generating component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via said display generation component, a user interface including scrollable content; Detecting a gaze of the user directed at the scrollable content via the one or more input devices; in response to detecting the user's gaze directed toward the scrollable content, maintaining a display of the scrollable content without scrolling the scrollable content in accordance with a determination that the gaze of the user is directed toward a first region of the scrollable content; scrolling the scrollable content according to the user's gaze in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed to a second region of the scrollable content that is distinct from the first region, and a respective portion of the user meets a respective criterion; a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium comprising instructions for maintaining display of the scrollable content without scrolling the scrollable content in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed toward the second region and that the individual portion of the user does not meet the respective criteria.

25. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via said display generation component, a user interface including scrollable content; Detecting a gaze of the user directed at the scrollable content via the one or more input devices; in response to detecting the user's gaze directed toward the scrollable content, maintaining a display of the scrollable content without scrolling the scrollable content in accordance with a determination that the gaze of the user is directed toward a first region of the scrollable content; scrolling the scrollable content according to the user's gaze in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed to a second region of the scrollable content that is distinct from the first region, and a respective portion of the user meets a respective criterion; and maintaining display of the scrollable content without scrolling the scrollable content in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed toward the second region and that the individual portion of the user does not meet the respective criteria.

26. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: means for displaying, via said display generation component, a user interface including scrollable content; means for detecting, via the one or more input devices, a gaze of the user directed at the scrollable content; in response to detecting the user's gaze directed toward the scrollable content, maintaining a display of the scrollable content without scrolling the scrollable content in accordance with a determination that the gaze of the user is directed toward a first region of the scrollable content; scrolling the scrollable content according to the user's gaze in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed to a second region of the scrollable content that is distinct from the first region, and a respective portion of the user meets a respective criterion; means for maintaining display of the scrollable content without scrolling the scrollable content in accordance with a determination that the user's gaze is directed toward the second region and that the individual portion of the user does not meet the respective criteria.

27. 1. A method comprising:

1. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, comprising: displaying, via said display generation component, a text entry field; While displaying the text entry field via the display generation component, detecting a first speech input from a user of the computer system via the one or more input devices; in response to detecting the first speech input from the user, displaying, via the display generation component, a text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field in accordance with a determination that the user's attention is directed to the text entry field when the first speech input from the user is received; and and ceasing to display the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field in accordance with a determination that the user's attention is not directed to the text entry field when the first speech input from the user is received.

28. 28. The method of claim 27, wherein the determination that the attention of the user is directed to the text entry field when the first speech input from the user is received comprises a determination that the user's gaze is directed to the text entry field for at least a time threshold.

29. Detecting that the user's attention is directed to the text entry field includes detecting that the user's gaze is directed to the text entry field for longer than a time threshold, the method comprising:

29. The method of claim 27 or 28, further comprising, in response to detecting the user's gaze directed at the text entry field while displaying the text entry field, presenting an indication of the duration that the user's gaze was directed at the text entry field.

30. in response to detecting the user's gaze directed at the text entry field while displaying the text entry field, presenting a second indication that a first speech input is directed to the text entry field in accordance with a determination that the duration that the user's gaze was directed to the text entry field exceeds the time threshold; and 30. The method of claim 29, further comprising ceasing to present the second indication in accordance with a determination that the duration that the user's gaze was directed at the text entry field is less than the time threshold.

31. in response to detecting the first speech input from the user while displaying the text entry field; displaying, via the display generation component, a text cursor within the text entry field in accordance with the determination that the user's attention is directed to the text entry field, wherein the text representation of the first speech input is inserted into the text entry field at a location of the text cursor within the text entry field; 31. The method of claim 27, further comprising: ceasing to display the text cursor within the text entry field in accordance with the determination that the user's attention is not directed to the text entry field.

32. Detecting that the user's attention is directed to the text entry field includes detecting that the user's gaze is directed to the text entry field for longer than a time threshold, the method comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, the text entry field having a visual characteristic having a first value while the attention of the user is directed away from the text entry field; detecting the user's gaze directed toward the text entry field via the one or more input devices while displaying, via the display generation component, the text entry field having the visual characteristic having the first value; in response to detecting the user's gaze directed toward the text entry field, 32. The method of claim 27, further comprising: gradually modifying, via the display generating component, a display of the text entry field having the visual characteristic having the first value to a display of the text entry field having the visual characteristic having a second value different from the first value, according to a duration that the user's gaze is directed at the text entry field.

33. 33. The method of claim 27, further comprising, in response to detecting the first speech input from the user while displaying the text entry field via the display generation component, displaying the text entry field with visual characteristics having individual values ​​that change over time in accordance with changes in characteristics of the first speech input over time in accordance with the determination that the attention of the user was directed to the text entry field when the first speech input from the user was received via the display generation component.

34. while displaying the text entry field via the display generation component after detecting the first speech input from the user via the one or more input devices. detecting, via the one or more input devices, a second speech input from the user that is a continuation of the first speech input while the attention of the user is not directed to the text entry field; in response to detecting the second speech input from the user while the attention of the user is not directed to the text entry field; displaying, via the display generation component, a text representation of the second speech input in the text entry field in accordance with the determination that the attention of the user was directed to the text entry field when the first speech input from the user was received; and 34. The method of claim 27, further comprising: ceasing to display, via the display generation component, the text representation of the second speech input in the text entry field in accordance with the determination that the user's attention was not directed to the text entry field when the first speech input was received.

35. while displaying the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field in response to detecting the first speech input from the user while the attention of the user is directed to the text entry field. receiving, via the one or more input devices, a second speech input from the user that is a continuation of the first speech input while the attention of the user is directed away from the text entry field; 35. The method of claim 27, further comprising: in response to receiving the second speech input, displaying, via the display generation component, a textual representation of the second speech input.

36. while displaying, via the display generation component, the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a second speech input from the user that is a continuation of the first speech input while the attention of the user is not directed to the text entry field; 35. The method of claim 27, further comprising: in response to detecting the second speech input from the user while the attention of the user is not directed to the text entry field, ceasing, via the display generation component, to display the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field.

37. in response to detecting the first speech input from the user, displaying, via the display generation component, the text entry field having a visual characteristic having a first value in accordance with the determination that the attention of the user was directed to the text entry field when the first speech input was received; detecting, while displaying, via the display generation component, the text entry field having the visual characteristic having the first value, that the attention of the user is not directed to the text entry field via the one or more input devices; 37. The method of any one of claims 27 to 34 or 36, further comprising, in response to detecting that the user's attention is not directed at the text entry field, displaying via the display generation component the text entry field having the visual characteristic with a distinct value that changes over time until it reaches a second value different from the first value.

38. while displaying the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field in response to detecting the first speech input from the user; detecting a second speech input via the one or more input devices; In response to detecting the second speech input, performing an action on the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field in accordance with a determination that the second speech input corresponds to a request to perform an action on the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field and one or more criteria are satisfied; and 38. The method of claim 27, further comprising: withdrawing from performing the action on the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field in accordance with a determination that the second speech input does not correspond to the request to perform the action on the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field or the one or more criteria are not met.

39. pursuant to a determination that the text entry field is a first type of text entry field, determining that the second speech input corresponds to the request to perform the action on the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field is based on one or more first criteria; 40. The method of claim 38, wherein, pursuant to a determination that the text entry field is a second type of text entry field that is different from the first type of text entry field, the determination that the second speech input corresponds to the request to perform the action on the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field is based on one or more second criteria that are different from the one or more first criteria.

40. 40. The method of claim 38 or 39, wherein the one or more criteria include a criterion that is met when the user's gaze is directed toward the text entry field while the computer system is detecting the second speech input.

41. displaying, via the display generation component, a discrete text in the text entry field prior to detecting the first speech input from the user; and 41. The method of claim 27, further comprising: in response to detecting the first speech input from the user, ceasing to display the individual text in the text entry field via the display generation component in accordance with the determination that the user's attention is directed to the text entry field, and displaying the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field.

42. displaying, via the display generation component, discrete text and a cursor at a first location within the text entry field prior to detecting the first speech input from the user; in response to detecting the first speech input from the user; and in accordance with the determination that the attention of the user is directed to the text entry field. maintaining, via the display generation component, a display of the distinct text within the text entry field; ceasing to display the cursor within the text entry field via the display generation component; and 42. The method of claim 27, further comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, a visual indication at a second location within the text entry field, wherein the text representation of the first speech input is added to the individual text at the second location within the text entry field.

43. pursuant to a determination that the user's gaze is directed toward a first portion of the text within the text entry field while the first speech input from the user is detected, the second location at which the text representation of the utterance is added to the individual text is proximate to the first portion of the text; 43. The method of claim 42, wherein pursuant to a determination that the user's gaze is directed to a second portion of the text in the text entry field that is different from the first location in the text entry field while the first speech input from the user is detected, the second location at which the text representation of the utterance is added to the individual text is proximate to the second portion of the text.

44. while, in response to detecting the first speech input from the user according to the determination that the attention of the user was directed to the text entry field when the first speech input from the user was received, displaying, via the display generation component, the text representation of the first speech input in a text entry field; detecting, while detecting a second speech input from the user via the one or more input devices that is a continuation of the first speech input, that is a continuation of the first speech input from the user, that is a continuation of the first speech input from the user via the one or more input devices, that the attention of the user is not directed to the text entry field; in response to detecting that the user's attention is not directed to the text entry field, displaying, in the text entry field via the display generation component, a text representation of the continuation of the first speech input in the text entry field in accordance with a determination that the text entry field is a first type of text entry field; 44. The method of claim 27, further comprising: withdrawing, via the display generation component, display of the text representation of the second speech input in the text entry field in accordance with a determination that the text entry field is a second type of text entry field that is different from the first type of text entry field.

45. in response to detecting that the user's attention is not directed to the text entry field, 45. The method of claim 44, further comprising: maintaining a display of the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field in accordance with the determination that the text entry field is the first type of text entry field; and ceasing to display the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field in accordance with the determination that the text entry field is the second type of text entry field.

46. 46. ​​The method of claim 44 or 45, wherein in accordance with the determination that the text entry field is the second type of text entry field, and in accordance with the determination that the attention of the user is directed to the text entry field when the first speech input from the user is received, the computer system displays, via the display generation component, the text representation of the first speech input within the text entry field in response to detecting the first speech input from the user, regardless of whether the computer system detects a separate text entry input distinct from the first speech input via the one or more input devices prior to detecting the first speech input.

47. In accordance with the determination that the text entry field is the first type of text entry field, displaying, via the display generation component, the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field, is in response to detecting, via the one or more input devices, a separate text entry input distinct from the first speech input prior to detecting the first speech input, the method comprising:

47. The method of claim 44, further comprising: in response to detecting the first speech input from the user, in accordance with the determination that the text entry field is the first type of text entry field, and in accordance with a determination that the individual text entry input is not detected prior to detecting the first speech input from the user, ceasing to display, via the display generation component, the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field.

48. Displaying the textual representation of the speech input includes displaying the textual representation of the speech input in a first appearance, the method comprising: receiving typed text entry input directed to the text entry field via the one or more input devices; 48. The method of claim 27, further comprising: in response to receiving the typed text entry input, displaying, via the display generation component, a text representation of the typed text entry input in the text entry field, wherein the text representation of the typed text entry input is displayed in a second appearance different from the first appearance.

49. 49. The method of claim 48, wherein displaying the text representation of the speech input in the first appearance comprises displaying the text representation of the speech input with a glowing effect, and wherein displaying the text representation of the typed text entry input in the text entry field in the second appearance comprises displaying the text representation of the typed text entry input in the text entry field without the glowing effect.

50. Displaying the textual representation of the speech input in the first appearance includes: displaying, via the display generation component, distinct portions of the text representation of the speech input in one or more colors that vary over a period of time after displaying the distinct portions of the text representation of the speech input in the text entry field; and after the period of time has elapsed, displaying via the display generation component the distinct portions of the textual representation of the speech input in distinct colors that do not change over time.

51. 51. The method of claim 50, wherein displaying the individual portions of the textual representation of the speech input in the colors that vary over time comprises displaying the individual portions of the textual representation of the speech input in colors that vary over time in response to changes in an audio level of the speech input over time.

52. and displaying, in response to receiving text entry input via the display generation component, a text insertion marker in the text entry field indicating a location within the text entry field where additional text will be added; while detecting the first speech input, the text insertion marker is displayed with a distinct visual effect; 51. The method of any one of claims 27 to 50, wherein during the period when the first speech input has not been detected, the text insertion marker is displayed without the separate visual effect.

53. 53. The method of claim 52, wherein the distinct visual effect comprises a visual characteristic that changes over time in response to changes in an audio level of the first speech input over time.

54. Displaying the text entry field comprises: displaying the text entry field with a distinct visual effect while detecting the first speech input; and displaying the text entry field without the distinct visual effect while not detecting the first speech input.

55. 55. The method of claim 54, wherein the distinct visual effect is a glowing visual effect.

56. 56. The method of claim 55, wherein the glowing visual effect comprises a visual characteristic having a value that changes over time in response to changes in an audio level of the first speech input over time.

57. 57. The method of any one of claims 54 to 56, wherein displaying the text entry field with the distinct visual effect comprises displaying the text entry field in a first color, and displaying the text entry field without the distinct visual effect comprises displaying the text entry field in a second color different from the first color.

58. 58. The method of claim 57, wherein displaying the text entry field in the first color includes changing a color of the text entry field over time in response to changes in an audio level of the first speech input over time.

59. 59. A non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 27 to 58.

60. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by said one or more processors, said one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 27 to 58.

61. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising:

59. A computer system comprising means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 27 to 58.

62. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generating component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs comprising: displaying a text entry field via said display generation component; While displaying the text entry field via the display generation component, detecting a first speech input from a user of the computer system via the one or more input devices; in response to detecting the first speech input from the user, pursuant to a determination that the user's attention is directed to the text entry field when the first speech input from the user is received, displaying, via the display generation component, a text representation of the first speech input within the text entry field; a first speech input from the user, the first speech input being received from the user, and

63. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs comprising: displaying a text entry field via said display generation component; While displaying the text entry field via the display generation component, detecting a first speech input from a user of the computer system via the one or more input devices; in response to detecting the first speech input from the user, pursuant to a determination that the user's attention is directed to the text entry field when the first speech input from the user is received, displaying, via the display generation component, a text representation of the first speech input within the text entry field; and instructions for ceasing to display the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field in accordance with a determination that the user's attention is not directed to the text entry field when the first speech input from the user is received.

64. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: means for displaying, via said display generation component, a text entry field; While displaying the text entry field via the display generation component, detecting a first speech input from a user of the computer system via the one or more input devices; in response to detecting the first speech input from the user, pursuant to a determination that the user's attention is directed to the text entry field when the first speech input from the user is received, displaying, via the display generation component, a text representation of the first speech input within the text entry field; means for ceasing to display the text representation of the first speech input in the text entry field in accordance with a determination that the attention of the user is not directed to the text entry field when the first speech input from the user is received.

65. 1. A method comprising:

1. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, the three dimensional environment from a distinct viewpoint including a first object, the first object including a text entry field, at a distinct location within the three dimensional environment; detecting a first input, via the one or more input devices, corresponding to a selection of the text entry field while displaying the three dimensional environment from the distinct viewpoint including the first object including the text entry field at the distinct location within the three dimensional environment; In response to detecting the first input, displaying, via the display generation component, a keyboard at a keyboard location within the three dimensional environment in accordance with the first input in accordance with a determination that the distinct location within the three dimensional environment is a first location that is greater than a threshold distance from the distinct viewpoint, the keyboard for entering text into the text entry field, and the keyboard location within the three dimensional environment being less than the threshold distance from the distinct viewpoint; and displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard at the keyboard location within the three dimensional environment according to the first input in accordance with a determination that the individual location within the three dimensional environment is a second location different from the first location, the second location being greater than the threshold distance from the individual viewpoint.

66. 66. The method of claim 65, further comprising: in response to detecting the first input, in accordance with a determination that the distinct location within the three dimensional environment is a third location that is less than the threshold distance from the distinct viewpoint, displaying via the display generation component the keyboard at a second keyboard location within the three dimensional environment in accordance with the first input, the second keyboard location being closer to the distinct viewpoint than the keyboard location.

67. 67. The method of claim 65 or 66, further comprising, in response to the detecting the first input, maintaining, via the display generation component, a display of the first object at the discrete location.

68. 68. The method of any one of claims 65 to 67, wherein displaying the first object comprises displaying, via the display generating component, the first object at a first angle relative to a respective datum in the three dimensional environment, and displaying the keyboard comprises displaying, via the display generating component, the keyboard at a second angle different from the first angle relative to the respective datum in the three dimensional environment.

69. 69. The method of any one of claims 65 to 68, wherein displaying the keyboard in response to detecting the first input comprises displaying a user interface element associated with the keyboard that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process of relocating the keyboard within the three-dimensional environment.

70. detecting an input directed at the user interface element via the one or more input devices, the input corresponding to a request to reposition the keyboard within the three-dimensional environment, the request including a request to update a distance between the keyboard and the individual viewpoint within the three-dimensional environment from a current distance to an updated distance; in response to the input directed to the user interface element; displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard at a distinct location within the three dimensional environment that is a first distance from the viewpoint of the user in accordance with a determination that the updated distance is within a first distance range; 70. The method of claim 69, further comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard at a separate location within the three dimensional environment at a second distance from the viewpoint of the user that is different from the first distance in accordance with a determination that the updated distance is within a second distance range that is different from the first distance range.

71. detecting an input directed at the user interface element via the one or more input devices, the input corresponding to a request to reposition the keyboard within the three-dimensional environment, the request including a request to update a distance between the keyboard and the individual viewpoint within the three-dimensional environment from a current distance to an updated distance; in response to the input directed to the user interface element; displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard within the three dimensional environment at a first angle relative to a respective reference within the three dimensional environment in accordance with a determination that the updated distance is a first distance from the viewpoint of the user; 71. The method of claim 69 or 70, further comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard within the three dimensional environment at a second angle relative to the distinct reference within the three dimensional environment, the second angle being different from the first angle, in accordance with a determination that the updated distance is a second distance from the viewpoint of the user that is different from the first distance.

72. 72. The method of any one of claims 65 to 71, wherein displaying the keyboard in response to detecting the first input comprises displaying a user interface element that, when selected, causes the computer system to initiate a process of resizing the keyboard in the three-dimensional environment.

73. 73. The method of any one of claims 65 to 72, wherein detecting the first input comprises detecting the user's attention directed toward the text entry field via the one or more input devices and a predefined gesture performed by a discrete part of the user.

74. detecting, while displaying the three-dimensional environment from the distinct viewpoint including the first object including the text entry field at the distinct location within the three-dimensional environment, a second input via the one or more input devices corresponding to a request to initiate a process for dictating a text input directed to the text entry field; 74. The method of any one of claims 65 to 73, further comprising: in response to detecting the second input, initiating the process for dictating the text input directed to the text entry field without displaying the keyboard via the display generation component.

75. 75. The method of any one of claims 65 to 74, wherein displaying the keyboard in response to the first input comprises displaying, via the display generation component, a representation of a portion of the first object including at least a portion of the text entry field.

76. while displaying the keyboard in response to the first input, displaying, via the display generation component, a cursor in the text entry field at a first location within the text entry field and a representation of the cursor in the representation of the portion of the first object at a corresponding first location within the representation of the portion of the first object; detecting, while displaying, via the display generation component, the representation of the portion of the first object, including the representation of the cursor, one or more inputs directed at the keyboard, the inputs corresponding to a request to enter text into the text entry field, via the one or more input devices; In response to the one or more inputs, displaying, via the display generation component, the text in the text entry field and a representation of the text in the representation of the portion of the first object, including displaying the cursor at a second location in the text entry field based on the one or more inputs corresponding to the request to enter the text into the text entry field, and displaying the representation of the cursor in the representation of the portion of the first object at a corresponding second location within the representation of the portion of the first object; 76. The method of claim 75, further comprising: updating individual portions of the first object included in the representation of the portion of the first object to maintain a display of the representation of the cursor at the corresponding second location within the representation of the portion of the first object via the display generation component.

77. detecting a second input corresponding to a request to input text into the text entry field via a hardware keyboard of the one or more input devices while displaying the three dimensional environment from the distinct viewpoint including the first object including the text entry field at the distinct location within the three dimensional environment; In response to detecting the second input, displaying the text in the text entry field via the display generation component; and 77. The method of claim 75 or 76, further comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, the representation of the portion of the first object including a representation of the text entered via the hardware keyboard without displaying the keyboard.

78. displaying the keyboard includes displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard at a first angle relative to a respective reference in the three-dimensional environment; 78. The method of any one of claims 75 to 77, wherein displaying the representation of the portion of the first object comprises displaying the representation of the portion of the first object at a third angle relative to the respective reference in the three-dimensional environment, the third angle being different from the second angle.

79. Displaying the representation of the portion of the first object comprises: displaying, via the display generation component, the representation of the portion of the first object at a first angle relative to a respective reference in the three-dimensional environment in accordance with a determination that a spatial relationship between the respective viewpoint of a user of the computer system and the representation of the portion of the first object is a first spatial relationship; 79. The method of any one of claims 75 to 78, comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, the representation of the portion of the first object at a second angle relative to a respective reference plane in the three-dimensional environment, the second angle being different from the first angle, in accordance with a determination that the spatial relationship between the respective viewpoint of the user and the representation of the portion of the first object is a second spatial relationship.

80. 80. The method of any one of claims 75 to 79, wherein displaying the first object comprises displaying, via the display generating component, the first object at a first angle relative to a respective datum in the three dimensional environment, and displaying the representation of the portion of the first object comprises displaying, via the display generating component, the representation of the portion of the first object at a second angle relative to the respective datum in the three dimensional environment that is different from the first angle.

81. Displaying the first object includes displaying, via the display generation component, a selectable option contained in the first object, and displaying the representation of the portion of the first object includes displaying, via the display generation component, a representation of the selectable option within the representation of the portion of the first object, and the method further comprises: detecting a second input via the one or more input devices directed toward the selectable option included in the first object; responsive to detecting the second input, performing a respective action associated with the selectable option; detecting a third input via the one or more input devices directed at the representation of the selectable option within the representation of the portion of the first object; 81. The method of any one of claims 75 to 80, further comprising: in response to detecting the third input, ceasing to perform the respective action associated with the selectable option.

82. while displaying, via the display generation component, the representation of the portion of the first object including at least the portion of the text entry field, the representation of the respective text included in at least the portion of the text entry field, detecting, via the one or more input devices, a second input directed to the representation of the respective text within the representation of the portion of the first object, the second input corresponding to a request to select a respective portion of the respective text; In response to detecting the second input, updating, via the display generation component, a display of the representation of the individual text to indicate a selection of the individual portion of the individual text; 82. The method of any one of claims 75 to 81, further comprising: via the display generation component, updating a display of the text entry field to indicate selection of the respective portion of the respective text.

83. while displaying, via the display generation component, the first object, the representation of the portion of the first object, and the keyboard, detecting, via the one or more input devices, one or more inputs directed at the keyboard corresponding to a request to enter text into the text entry field; 83. The method of any one of claims 75 to 82, further comprising, in response to the one or more inputs, displaying via the display generation component: the text in the text entry field and a representation of the text in the representation of the portion of the first object.

84. 84. The method of any one of claims 75 to 83, wherein displaying the keyboard in response to the first input includes displaying, via the display generation component, a plurality of selectable options associated with a text operation directed at the text entry field, the plurality of selectable options being displayed between the representation of the portion of the first object and the keyboard in the three dimensional environment.

85. The keyboard location is at a first distance from the respective viewpoint, and the method further comprises: In response to detecting the first input, 85. The method of any one of claims 65 to 84, further comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard at a fourth location that is a second distance from the individual viewpoint of the user in accordance with a determination that the individual location within the three dimensional environment is a third location, the third location being less than the threshold distance from the individual viewpoint; and displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard at a fifth location that is a third distance from the individual viewpoint of the user in accordance with a determination that the individual location within the three dimensional environment is a fourth location different from the third location, the fourth location being less than the threshold distance from the individual viewpoint.

86. the first location within the three dimensional environment has a first vertical position within the three dimensional environment, and the second location within the three dimensional environment has a second vertical position different from the first vertical position within the three dimensional environment; displaying the keyboard at the keyboard location within the three dimensional environment in accordance with the determination that the distinct location within the three dimensional environment is the first location includes displaying, via the display generating component, the keyboard at a third vertical position in accordance with the first vertical position of the first location; 86. The method of any one of claims 65 to 85, wherein displaying the keyboard at the keyboard location within the three dimensional environment in accordance with the determination that the distinct location within the three dimensional environment is the second location comprises displaying, via the display generating component, the keyboard at a fourth vertical position different from the third vertical position in accordance with the second vertical position of the second location.

87. the third vertical position having a distinct angular offset from the first location relative to the distinct viewpoint within the three-dimensional environment; 86. The method of claim 85, wherein the fourth vertical position has the distinct angular offset from the second location for the distinct viewpoint within the three dimensional environment.

88. detecting the first input includes detecting the user's attention directed to a first location within the text entry field via the one or more input devices; displaying the keyboard at the keyboard location within the three dimensional environment in response to the first input includes: displaying, via the display generating component, the keyboard at a second horizontal position according to a determination that the first location within the text entry field has a first horizontal position within the three dimensional environment; and and displaying, via the display generating component, the keyboard at a fourth horizontal position different from the second horizontal position in accordance with the second horizontal position in accordance with a determination that the first location within the text entry field has a third horizontal position in the three dimensional environment different from the first horizontal position.

89. while displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard at a third location within the three dimensional environment that is within a second threshold distance of the individual viewpoint; receiving text entry input directed to the keyboard via the one or more input devices; in response to receiving the text entry input, entering text into the text entry field in accordance with a determination that the text entry input includes performing a first gesture with a predetermined portion of a user of the computer system while the predetermined portion is within a direct input threshold distance of a physical location corresponding to the keyboard in the three-dimensional environment; 89. The method of claim 65, further comprising: discontinuing entering the text into the text entry field in accordance with the text entry input in accordance with a determination that the text entry input includes performing a second gesture with the predetermined portion of the user while the predetermined portion of the user is farther than the direct input threshold distance of the physical location corresponding to the keyboard in the three dimensional environment.

90. while displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard at a third location within the three dimensional environment that is between a second threshold distance and a third threshold distance of the individual viewpoint; receiving text entry input directed to the keyboard via the one or more input devices; in response to receiving the text entry input, entering text into the text entry field in accordance with a determination that the text entry input includes performing a first gesture with a predetermined portion of a user of the computer system while the predetermined portion is within a direct input threshold distance of a physical location corresponding to the keyboard in the three-dimensional environment; 90. The method of claim 65, further comprising: entering text into the text entry field in accordance with the text entry input in accordance with a determination that the text entry input includes performing a second gesture with the predetermined portion of the user while the predetermined portion of the user is farther than the direct input threshold distance of the physical location corresponding to the keyboard in the three dimensional environment.

91. while displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard at a third location within the three dimensional environment that is greater than a second threshold distance of the individual viewpoint; receiving text entry input directed to the keyboard via the one or more input devices; in response to receiving the text entry input, entering text into the text entry field in accordance with the text entry input in accordance with a determination that the text entry input includes performing a first gesture with a predefined portion of a user of the computer system, the predefined portion of the user being farther than a direct input threshold distance of a physical location in the three-dimensional environment corresponding to the keyboard; 91. The method of claim 65, further comprising: discontinuing entering the text into the text entry field in accordance with the text entry input in accordance with a determination that the text entry input includes performing a second gesture with the predefined portion of the user while the predefined portion of the user is within the direct input threshold distance of the physical location corresponding to the keyboard in the three dimensional environment.

92. 92. A non-transitory computer readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generating component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 65 to 91.

93. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by said one or more processors, said one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 65 to 91.

94. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising:

92. A computer system comprising means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 65 to 91.

95. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generating component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, the three dimensional environment from a distinct viewpoint including a first object, the first object including a text entry field, at a distinct location within the three dimensional environment; detecting a first input, via the one or more input devices, corresponding to a selection of the text entry field while displaying the three-dimensional environment from the distinct viewpoint including the first object including the text entry field at the distinct location within the three-dimensional environment; In response to detecting the first input, displaying, via the display generation component, a keyboard at a keyboard location within the three dimensional environment in accordance with the first input in response to a determination that the distinct location within the three dimensional environment is a first location that is greater than a threshold distance from the distinct viewpoint, the keyboard being for entering text into the text entry field, the keyboard location within the three dimensional environment being less than the threshold distance from the distinct viewpoint; and, in accordance with a determination that the distinct location within the three dimensional environment is a second location different from the first location, the second location being greater than the threshold distance from the distinct viewpoint, displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard at the keyboard location within the three dimensional environment in accordance with the first input.

96. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, the three dimensional environment from a distinct viewpoint including a first object, the first object including a text entry field, at a distinct location within the three dimensional environment; detecting a first input, via the one or more input devices, corresponding to a selection of the text entry field while displaying the three-dimensional environment from the distinct viewpoint including the first object including the text entry field at the distinct location within the three-dimensional environment; In response to detecting the first input, displaying, via the display generation component, a keyboard at a keyboard location within the three dimensional environment in accordance with the first input in response to a determination that the distinct location within the three dimensional environment is a first location that is greater than a threshold distance from the distinct viewpoint, the keyboard being for entering text into the text entry field, the keyboard location within the three dimensional environment being less than the threshold distance from the distinct viewpoint; and instructions for displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard at the keyboard location within the three dimensional environment according to the first input in accordance with a determination that the distinct location within the three dimensional environment is a second location different from the first location, the second location being greater than the threshold distance from the distinct viewpoint.

97. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: means for displaying, via said display generation component, a three dimensional environment from a distinct viewpoint including a first object, said first object including a text entry field, at a distinct location within said three dimensional environment; means for detecting, via the one or more input devices, a first input corresponding to a selection of the text entry field while displaying the three dimensional environment from the distinct viewpoint including the first object including the text entry field at the distinct location within the three dimensional environment; In response to detecting the first input, displaying, via the display generation component, a keyboard at a keyboard location within the three dimensional environment in accordance with the first input in response to a determination that the distinct location within the three dimensional environment is a first location that is greater than a threshold distance from the distinct viewpoint, the keyboard being for entering text into the text entry field, the keyboard location within the three dimensional environment being less than the threshold distance from the distinct viewpoint; means for displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard at the keyboard location within the three dimensional environment according to the first input in accordance with a determination that the distinct location within the three dimensional environment is a second location different from the first location, the second location being greater than the threshold distance from the distinct viewpoint.

98. 1. A method comprising:

1. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, a three-dimensional environment including a keyboard having a plurality of keys, the keyboard being displayed at a first location within the three-dimensional environment, the plurality of keys extending a first distance away from an area corresponding to a surface of the keyboard; receiving a first input via the one or more input devices comprising a movement of a body part of a user of the computer system toward an individual key of the plurality of keys of the keyboard while displaying the three-dimensional environment including the keyboard at the first location within the three-dimensional environment; in response to receiving the first input, the movement towards the individual key includes movement to a location corresponding to a first key and that is less than a threshold distance from the surface of the keyboard, and in accordance with a determination that the threshold distance is closer to the keyboard than the first distance from the surface of the keyboard; moving the first key a second distance toward the surface of the keyboard at the first location in the three dimensional environment, the second distance being closer to the surface of the keyboard than the location; and performing one or more actions corresponding to selection of the first key.

99. moving the first key a second distance toward the surface of the keyboard in response to receiving the first input and in accordance with the determination that the movement toward the individual key includes movement to the location corresponding to the first key; while detecting a portion of the movement of the part of the body of the user, the portion including movement from the surface of the keyboard to the threshold distance, moving the first key toward the surface of the keyboard according to the portion of the movement; 99. The method of claim 98, comprising: in response to the movement of the part of the body of the user towards the first key reaching the threshold distance from the surface of the keyboard, moving the first key closer to the keyboard by the remainder of the second distance, wherein moving the first key by the remainder of the second distance is independent of further movement of the part of the body of the user.

100. in response to receiving the first input, in response to determining that the movement toward the individual key includes movement to a second location that corresponds to the first key and that is greater than the threshold distance from the surface of the keyboard and less than the first distance from the surface of the keyboard; moving the first key a third distance in accordance with the movement of the part of the body of the user toward the surface of the keyboard at the first location within the three-dimensional environment; 100. The method of claim 98 or 99, further comprising: ceasing to perform the one or more actions corresponding to selection of the first key.

101. after detecting the movement of the part of the body of the user included in the first input, detecting a second movement of the portion of the body of the user away from the respective key via the one or more input devices; and 101. The method of claim 100, further comprising: in response to detecting the second movement of the part of the body of the user, in accordance with the determination that the movement toward the individual keys includes movement to the second location corresponding to the first key, moving the first key away from the surface of the keyboard in accordance with the second movement of the part of the body of the user.

102. 102. The method of any one of claims 98 to 101, further comprising: ceasing to move the individual key toward the surface of the keyboard in response to receiving the first input in accordance with a determination that the movement toward the individual key includes movement to a second location from the surface of the keyboard that is greater than the first distance.

103. in response to receiving the first input, in response to determining that the movement toward the individual key includes movement to a second location that corresponds to a second key distinct from the first key and that is less than the threshold distance from the surface of the keyboard; moving the second key the second distance toward the surface of the keyboard at the first location in the three-dimensional environment; 103. The method of any one of claims 98 to 102, further comprising: performing one or more actions corresponding to selection of the second key.

104. in response to receiving the first input, in response to determining that the movement toward the individual key includes movement to a second location that corresponds to a second key distinct from the first key, the second location being greater than the threshold distance from the surface of the keyboard and less than the first distance from the surface of the keyboard; moving the second key a third distance in accordance with the movement of the part of the body of the user toward the surface of the keyboard at the first location within the three-dimensional environment; 104. The method of any one of claims 98 to 103, further comprising: refraining from performing the one or more actions corresponding to selection of the second key.

105. while displaying the keyboard at the first location within the three-dimensional environment; displaying, via the display generating component, selectable options at a second location within the three-dimensional environment, the selectable options extending a third distance from a backplane distinct from the surface of the keyboard; detecting a second input via the one or more input devices comprising a movement of the portion of the body of the user towards the selectable option; In response to receiving the second input, performing one or more actions corresponding to a selection of the selectable option in response to a determination that the movement toward the selectable option corresponds to a movement of the selectable option at least the third distance toward the backplane; and 105. The method of any one of claims 98 to 104, further comprising: refraining from performing the one or more actions corresponding to selection of the selectable option in accordance with a determination that the movement toward the selectable option corresponds to movement of the selectable option less than the third distance toward the backplane.

106. Displaying the three dimensional environment including the keyboard comprises: displaying, via the display generation component, a simulated shadow corresponding to the part of the body of the user overlaid on a second key of the plurality of keys of the keyboard; pursuant to determining that a location of the body portion of the user within the three-dimensional environment corresponds to a third key of the plurality of keys of the keyboard, displaying the simulated shadow overlaid on the third key; 106. The method of any one of claims 98 to 105, wherein, pursuant to a determination that the location of the part of the body of the user within the three-dimensional environment corresponds to a fourth key of the plurality of keys of the keyboard, the simulated shadow is displayed overlaid on the fourth key.

107. Displaying the three dimensional environment including the keyboard comprises: displaying, via the display generation component, a simulated shadow of the portion of the body of the user overlaid on a second key of the plurality of keys of the keyboard; In response to a determination that a location of the body part of the user within the three-dimensional environment is a second distance from the second key, the simulated shadow is displayed with a visual characteristic having a first value; 107. The method of any one of claims 98 to 106, wherein in accordance with a determination that the location of the part of the body of the user within the three-dimensional environment is at a third distance from the second key that is different from the second distance, the simulated shadow is displayed with the visual characteristic having a second value that is different from the first value.

108. Displaying the three-dimensional environment including the keyboard via the display generation component includes: a simulated shadow corresponding to the part of the body of the user overlaid on a second key of the plurality of keys of the keyboard; and and a simulated shadow corresponding to a second part of the body of the user overlaid on a third key of the plurality of keys of the keyboard, the third key being different from the second key.

109. in response to receiving the first input, in accordance with the determination that the movement toward the individual key includes movement to the location corresponding to the first key; 109. The method of any one of claims 98 to 108, further comprising displaying, via the display generation component, an animation of a first portion of the keyboard including the first key, the animation indicating that the first key has been selected without modifying a display of a second portion of the keyboard outside the first portion of the keyboard.

110. while displaying the three-dimensional environment including the keyboard at the first location within the three-dimensional environment; detecting a movement of a second part of the body of the user towards a third key while detecting a second movement of the part of the body of the user towards a second key; in response to detecting the movement of the second part of the body of the user towards the third key while detecting the second movement of the part of the body of the user, in response to a determination that the second movement of the body part includes movement to a third location that corresponds to the second key and is less than the threshold distance from the surface of the keyboard, and in response to a determination that the movement of the second body part of the user includes movement to a fourth location that corresponds to the third key and is less than the threshold distance from the surface of the keyboard; moving the second key and the third key the second distance toward the surface of the keyboard at the first location within the three-dimensional environment; 110. The method of any one of claims 98 to 109, further comprising: performing one or more actions corresponding to selection of the second key and the third key.

111. The first input is detected while displaying the keyboard in a first mode that does not include displaying a cursor overlaid over the keyboard, the method comprising: detecting, while displaying the keyboard in the first mode, that one or more criteria associated with displaying the keyboard in a second mode different from the first mode are satisfied; displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard within the three-dimensional environment in the second mode, including displaying, via the display generation component, a cursor overlaid over a second key of the plurality of keys of the keyboard that corresponds to a location of the portion of the body of the user within the three-dimensional environment, in response to detecting that the one or more criteria associated with displaying the keyboard in the second mode are satisfied; While displaying the keyboard in the second mode, receiving a second input via the one or more input devices, the second input including a gesture performed with the part of the body of the user, the second input satisfying one or more criteria; In response to receiving the second input, in response to determining that the second key is a third key, moving the third key towards the surface of the keyboard; performing one or more actions corresponding to a selection of the third key; and in response to determining that the second key is a fourth key, moving the fourth key towards the surface of the keyboard; 111. The method of any one of claims 98 to 110, further comprising: performing one or more actions corresponding to selection of the fourth key.

112. Displaying a second key of the plurality of keys of the keyboard the first distance away from the surface of the keyboard is pursuant to a determination that a respective location of the portion of the body of the user does not satisfy one or more criteria associated with the second key, the method comprising:

112. The method of any one of claims 98 to 111, further comprising: updating, via the display generation component, the keyboard to display the second key at a third distance from the surface of the keyboard in accordance with a determination that the individual location of the part of the body of the user satisfies the one or more criteria associated with the second key, including a criterion that is satisfied when the individual location of the part of the body of the user is within a threshold distance of a location corresponding to the second key, wherein the third distance is greater than the first distance.

113. in response to receiving the first input, in accordance with the determination that the movement toward the individual key includes movement to the location corresponding to the first key; 113. The method of any one of claims 98 to 112, further comprising presenting an audio indication of the selection of the first key via one or more output devices in communication with the computer system.

114. The first input is received while the keyboard is in a first mode, and the method further comprises: receiving, while displaying the three-dimensional environment including the keyboard in a second mode different from the first mode, a second input via the one or more input devices directed to the individual keys, the second input including a gesture performed with the part of the body of the user and not including a movement of the part of the body of the user to a location corresponding to the individual key; in response to receiving the second input, in accordance with a determination that the second input meets one or more criteria and that the second input is directed to the first key; moving the first key towards the surface of the keyboard; performing one or more actions corresponding to a selection of the first key; 114. The method of claim 113, further comprising: presenting via the one or more output devices a second audio indication of the selection of the first key that is different from the audio indication of the selection of the first key.

115. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 98 to 114.

116. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 98 to 114.

117. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising:

15. A computer system comprising means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 98 to 114.

118. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generating component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via the display generating component, a three-dimensional environment including a keyboard having a plurality of keys, the keyboard being displayed at a first location within the three-dimensional environment, the plurality of keys extending a first distance away from an area corresponding to a surface of the keyboard; receiving a first input via the one or more input devices comprising a movement of a body part of a user of the computer system toward an individual key of the plurality of keys of the keyboard while displaying the three-dimensional environment including the keyboard at the first location within the three-dimensional environment; in response to receiving the first input, the movement towards the individual key includes movement to a location corresponding to a first key and that is less than a threshold distance from the surface of the keyboard, and in accordance with a determination that the threshold distance is closer to the keyboard than the first distance from the surface of the keyboard; moving the first key a second distance toward the surface of the keyboard at the first location in the three dimensional environment, the second distance being closer to the surface of the keyboard than the location; A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium comprising instructions for performing one or more actions corresponding to a selection of the first key.

119. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via the display generating component, a three-dimensional environment including a keyboard having a plurality of keys, the keyboard being displayed at a first location within the three-dimensional environment, the plurality of keys extending a first distance away from an area corresponding to a surface of the keyboard; receiving a first input via the one or more input devices comprising a movement of a body part of a user of the computer system toward an individual key of the plurality of keys of the keyboard while displaying the three-dimensional environment including the keyboard at the first location within the three-dimensional environment; in response to receiving the first input, the movement towards the individual key includes movement to a location corresponding to a first key and that is less than a threshold distance from the surface of the keyboard, and in accordance with a determination that the threshold distance is closer to the keyboard than the first distance from the surface of the keyboard; moving the first key a second distance toward the surface of the keyboard at the first location in the three dimensional environment, the second distance being closer to the surface of the keyboard than the location; A computer system comprising instructions for performing one or more actions corresponding to a selection of the first key.

120. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: means for displaying, via the display generation component, a three dimensional environment including a keyboard having a plurality of keys, the keyboard being displayed at a first location within the three dimensional environment, the plurality of keys extending a first distance away from an area corresponding to a surface of the keyboard; means for receiving a first input comprising a movement of a body part of a user of the computer system toward an individual key of the plurality of keys of the keyboard via the one or more input devices while displaying the three-dimensional environment including the keyboard at the first location within the three-dimensional environment; in response to receiving the first input, the movement towards the individual key includes movement to a location corresponding to a first key and that is less than a threshold distance from the surface of the keyboard, and in accordance with a determination that the threshold distance is closer to the keyboard than the first distance from the surface of the keyboard; moving the first key a second distance toward the surface of the keyboard at the first location in the three dimensional environment, the second distance being closer to the surface of the keyboard than the location; and means for performing one or more actions corresponding to selection of the first key.

121. 1. A method comprising:

1. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, a three-dimensional environment including a keyboard having a plurality of keys, the keyboard being displayed at a first location within the three-dimensional environment, the keyboard being displayed without displaying a cursor for selecting one or more keys of the plurality of keys; receiving a first input via the one or more input devices comprising a change in position of one or more respective parts of a user of the computer system while displaying the three-dimensional environment including the keyboard at the first location within the three-dimensional environment without displaying the cursor; In response to receiving the first input, and displaying, via the display generation component, the cursor overlaid over a portion of the plurality of keys of the keyboard, the cursor indicating the portion of the plurality of keys that has a current focus.

122. while displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard in the three-dimensional environment and the cursor overlaid on the portion of the keyboard; receiving a second input directed to the keyboard, the second input including an input from the one or more respective portions of the user via the one or more input devices; In response to receiving the second input, in response to determining that the portion of the plurality of keys currently having focus is a first key of the plurality of keys; performing a function associated with the first key of the plurality of keys; in response to a determination that the portion of the plurality of keys currently having focus is a second key of the plurality of keys; 122. The method of claim 121, further comprising: performing a function associated with the second key of the plurality of keys.

123. while displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard in the three dimensional environment and the cursor overlaid on the portion of the keyboard, the portion of the keyboard corresponding to an individual key of the plurality of keys; receiving a second input directed to the keyboard via the one or more input devices, the second input including a gesture performed by the one or more respective portions of the user that meets one or more criteria; 123. The method of claim 121 or 122, further comprising: in response to receiving the second input, executing a function associated with the respective key of the plurality of keys currently having focus.

124. the cursor indicates the portion of the plurality of keys that currently has the focus based on a first portion of the one or more respective portions of the user, and the method further comprises: In response to receiving the first input, 124. The method of any one of claims 121 to 123, further comprising displaying, via the display generation component, a second cursor overlaid over a second portion of the plurality of keys of the keyboard, the second cursor indicating a second portion of the plurality of keys that currently has a second focus based on a second portion of the one or more respective portions of the user, the second cursor being displayed simultaneously with the cursor.

125. while displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard in the three dimensional environment, the cursor overlaid over a first key of the plurality of keys, and a second cursor overlaid over a second key of the plurality of keys; receiving, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs directed to a plurality of keys of each of the keyboards, the sequence including a simultaneous selection of the first key and the second key; 125. The method of any one of claims 121 to 124, further comprising: in response to receiving the sequence of one or more inputs, executing one or more functions associated with the respective plurality of keys of the keyboard.

126. 126. The method of any one of claims 121 to 125, wherein the change in position of the one or more respective parts of the user of the computer system included in the first input comprises a change in relative orientation between one or more wrists of the user of the computer system.

127. 127. The method of any one of claims 121 to 126, further comprising, in response to receiving the first input, displaying, via the display generation component, a simulated shadow of the cursor, wherein the simulated shadow of the cursor is displayed over the portion of the plurality of keys of the keyboard having a current focus.

128. while displaying the keyboard and the cursor, displaying via the display generation component a backplane of the keyboard, the plurality of keys of the keyboard being overlaid on the backplane of the keyboard in the three-dimensional environment; in response to determining that the cursor is overlaid over a first portion of the plurality of keys and is not overlaid over a second portion of the plurality of keys; the first portion of the plurality of keys is displayed with a first amount of visual separation from the backplane of the keyboard; the second portion of the plurality of keys are displayed with a second amount of visual separation from the backplane of the keyboard, the second amount of visual separation being less than the first amount of visual separation; in response to determining that the cursor is overlaid over the second portion of the plurality of keys and is not overlaid over the first portion of the plurality of keys, the second portion of the plurality of keys is displayed with the first amount of visual separation from the backplane of the keyboard; 128. The method of any one of claims 121 to 127, wherein the first portion of the plurality of keys is displayed with the second amount of visual separation from the backplane of the keyboard.

129. The portion of the plurality of keys of the keyboard is based on a location of the one or more respective portions of the user within the three-dimensional environment, the method comprising: detecting movement of the one or more respective portions of the user from a location in the three-dimensional environment associated with the portion of the keys of the keyboard to a location in the three-dimensional environment associated with a second portion of the keys of the keyboard while displaying the keyboard and the cursor overlaid on the portion of the keys of the keyboard; in response to detecting the movement of the one or more respective portions of the user; 129. The method of any one of claims 121 to 128, further comprising: updating, via the display generation component, the three dimensional environment to display the cursor overlaid over the second portion of the plurality of keys without displaying the cursor overlaid over the portion of the plurality of keys.

130. while displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard in the three-dimensional environment and the cursor overlaid on the portion of the keyboard; receiving, via the one or more input devices, a sequence of one or more inputs comprising detecting movement of the one or more respective parts of the user through a sequence of locations associated with a respective set of the plurality of keys while the one or more respective parts of the user are in a predefined configuration; 130. The method of any one of claims 121 to 129, further comprising: in response to receiving the second input, performing an action associated with the respective set of the plurality of keys.

131. while displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard in the three-dimensional environment and the cursor overlaid on the portion of the keyboard; receiving a second input directed to the portion of the plurality of keys of the keyboard via the one or more input devices; 131. The method of any one of claims 121 to 130, further comprising: in response to receiving the second input, displaying, via the display generation component, an animation of a second portion of the keyboard including the portion of the plurality of keys of the keyboard, the animation indicating that the portion of the plurality of keys has been selected without modifying a display of a third portion of the keyboard outside the second portion of the keyboard.

132. while displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard in the three-dimensional environment and the cursor overlaid on the portion of the keyboard; receiving a second input via the one or more input devices corresponding to a request to change an input mode of the keyboard from a cursor input mode to a non-cursor input mode; 132. The method of any one of claims 121 to 131, further comprising, in response to receiving the second input, maintaining, via the display generating component, the display of the keyboard, and ceasing, via the display generating component, the display of the cursor.

133. 133. The method of claim 132, wherein receiving the second input comprises detecting a change in orientation of one or more wrists of the user of the computer system via the one or more input devices.

134. while displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard in the three-dimensional environment and the cursor overlaid on the portion of the keyboard; receiving a second input directed to the keyboard via the one or more input devices; In response to receiving the second input, activating the portion of the plurality of keys that currently has focus; and 134. The method of any one of claims 121 to 133, further comprising: generating, via one or more output devices in communication with the computer system, a first audio indication corresponding to selection of the portion of the plurality of keys.

135. while displaying the keyboard in the three-dimensional environment without displaying the cursor; detecting a third input directed at the portion of the plurality of keys of the keyboard via the one or more input devices; In response to receiving the third input, activating the portion of the plurality of keys of the keyboard; 135. The method of claim 134, further comprising: generating, via the one or more output devices in communication with the computer system, a second audio indication different from the first audio indication corresponding to selection of the portion of the plurality of keys.

136. while displaying, via said display generation component, said keyboard within said three-dimensional environment without displaying said cursor; receiving a second input directed to a second portion of the plurality of keys of the keyboard via the one or more input devices, the second input being provided by a respective portion of the one or more of the user; In response to receiving the second input, performing an action associated with the second portion of the plurality of keys in accordance with a determination that the second input includes the one or more respective portions of the user within a threshold distance of the keyboard; and refraining from performing the action associated with the second portion of the plurality of keys in accordance with a determination that the second input includes the one or more respective portions of the user that are further than the threshold distance from the keyboard. while displaying, via the display generation component, the keyboard within the three-dimensional environment with the cursor overlaid over the portion of the plurality of keys; receiving a third input directed to the keyboard via the one or more input devices, the third input being provided by the one or more respective parts of the user while the one or more respective parts of the user are within the threshold distance of the keyboard; 136. The method of any one of claims 121 to 135, further comprising: in response to receiving the third input, performing an action associated with the portion of the plurality of keys of the keyboard.

137. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 121 to 136.

138. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 121 to 136.

139. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising:

137. A computer system comprising means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 121 to 136.

140. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generating component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, a three-dimensional environment including a keyboard having a plurality of keys, the keyboard being displayed at a first location within the three-dimensional environment, the keyboard being displayed without displaying a cursor for selecting one or more keys of the plurality of keys; receiving a first input via the one or more input devices comprising a change in position of one or more respective parts of a user of the computer system while displaying the three-dimensional environment including the keyboard at the first location within the three-dimensional environment without displaying the cursor; In response to receiving the first input, and displaying, via the display generating component, the cursor overlaid over a portion of the plurality of keys of the keyboard, the cursor indicating the portion of the plurality of keys that has a current focus.

141. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, a three-dimensional environment including a keyboard having a plurality of keys, the keyboard being displayed at a first location within the three-dimensional environment, the keyboard being displayed without displaying a cursor for selecting one or more keys of the plurality of keys; receiving a first input via the one or more input devices comprising a change in position of one or more respective parts of a user of the computer system while displaying the three-dimensional environment including the keyboard at the first location within the three-dimensional environment without displaying the cursor; In response to receiving the first input, and instructions for displaying, via the display generating component, the cursor overlaid over a portion of the plurality of keys of the keyboard, the cursor indicating the portion of the plurality of keys that has a current focus.

142. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: means for displaying, via the display generation component, a three-dimensional environment including a keyboard having a plurality of keys, the keyboard being displayed at a first location within the three-dimensional environment, the keyboard being displayed without displaying a cursor for selecting one or more keys of the plurality of keys; means for receiving a first input comprising a change in position of one or more respective parts of a user of the computer system via the one or more input devices while displaying the three dimensional environment including the keyboard at the first location within the three dimensional environment without displaying the cursor; In response to receiving the first input, and means for displaying, via the display generating component, the cursor overlaid over a portion of the plurality of keys of the keyboard, the cursor indicating the portion of the plurality of keys that has a current focus.

143. 1. A method comprising:

1. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, a three-dimensional environment including a first region including a cursor; detecting a first movement of a discrete portion of a user of the computer system via the one or more input devices; in response to detecting the first movement of the discrete portion of the user, moving the cursor in accordance with the first movement of the discrete portion of the user while constraining movement of the cursor to the first region in accordance with a determination that the attention of the user is directed to the first region of the three-dimensional environment when the first movement of the discrete portion of the user is detected; and displaying the cursor at a location within the second region and outside the first region in accordance with a determination that one or more criteria are met when the first movement of the individual portion of the user is detected, the criteria being met based on the user's attention being directed to a second region of the three-dimensional environment that is different from the first region of the three-dimensional environment.

144. The one or more criteria include a criterion that is met when movement of the discrete portion of the user exceeds a predefined threshold amount of movement, and the method further comprises: in response to detecting the first movement of the discrete portion of the user while the attention of the user is directed to the second region; displaying the cursor at the location within the second region and outside the first region pursuant to the determination that the one or more criteria are satisfied, the first movement of the discrete portion of the user including an amount of movement that exceeds the predefined threshold amount; 144. The method of claim 143, further comprising: maintaining display of the cursor within the first region pursuant to a determination that the one or more criteria are not satisfied because the first movement of the discrete portion of the user includes a movement amount less than the predefined threshold amount.

145. The one or more criteria include a criterion that is satisfied when the discrete portion of the user is not providing input for drawing with the cursor, the method comprising: in response to detecting the first movement of the discrete portion of the user while the attention of the user is directed to the second region; displaying the cursor at the location within the second region and outside the first region in accordance with a determination that the one or more criteria are satisfied, including the discrete portion of the user not providing the input for drawing with the cursor; 145. The method of claim 143 or 144, further comprising: maintaining display of the cursor in the first region pursuant to a determination that the one or more criteria are not satisfied because the distinct portion of the user is providing the input for drawing with the cursor.

146. in response to detecting the first movement of the discrete portion of the user, In accordance with a determination that the cursor is performing a drawing operation while the discrete portion of the user is performing the first movement, moving the cursor in accordance with the first movement of the discrete portion of the user includes moving the cursor a first amount; 146. The method of any one of claims 143 to 145, wherein moving the cursor in accordance with the first movement of the individual portion of the user in accordance with a determination that the cursor is not performing a drawing operation while the individual portion of the user is performing the first movement comprises moving the cursor a second amount greater than the first amount.

147. in response to detecting the first movement of the discrete portion of the user, 147. The method of any one of claims 143 to 146, further comprising displaying, via the display generation component, a drawing having a profile corresponding to a movement of the cursor in accordance with a determination that the distinct portion of the user while performing the first movement is in a distinct shape, the distinct shape corresponding to a request to draw in the three-dimensional environment with the cursor.

148. While displaying the cursor in the three dimensional environment, receiving, via the one or more input devices, a discrete input corresponding to a request to make a selection with the cursor; 148. The method of any one of claims 143 to 147, further comprising: in response to receiving the respective input, performing an action in accordance with a selection of a selectable user interface element in accordance with a determination that the cursor is within a threshold distance of a selectable user interface element in the three dimensional environment when the respective input is received.

149. 149. The method of any one of claims 143 to 148, wherein the user's attention is determined by smoothing gaze data to remove one or more high frequency changes in gaze location over discrete periods of time.

150. In response to detecting the first movement of the discrete portion of the user, in accordance with the determination that the one or more criteria are satisfied, 150. The method of any one of claims 143 to 149, further comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, a movement of the cursor from a first location of the cursor within the first region of the three-dimensional environment to a second location within the three-dimensional environment in accordance with a determination that the movement of the attention of the user satisfies one or more respective criteria for the first movement of the individual part of the user and in accordance with a determination that the individual part of the user while performing the first movement is an individual shape, the individual shape corresponding to a request to move the cursor, wherein the movement of the cursor is based on the movement of the attention of the user and the movement of the individual part of the user.

151. In response to detecting the first movement of the discrete portion of the user, in accordance with the determination that the one or more criteria are satisfied, 151. The method of claim 150, further comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, a drawing within the three dimensional environment from the first location to the second location of the cursor within the first region of the three dimensional environment in accordance with the determination that the movement of the attention of the user satisfies the one or more respective criteria for the first movement of the individual portion of the user and in accordance with a determination that the individual portion of the user is in a first shape while performing the first movement, the first shape corresponding to a request to draw within the three dimensional environment with the cursor.

152. 152. The method of any one of claims 143 to 151, further comprising: in response to detecting the first movement of the individual part of the user, in accordance with a determination that the attention of the user is directed to the first region of the three-dimensional environment when the first movement of the individual part of the user is detected, and in accordance with a determination that an amount of the first movement of the individual part of the user corresponds to movement of the cursor outside the first region of the three-dimensional environment, moving the cursor to a boundary of the first region in the three-dimensional environment in accordance with the first movement of the individual part of the user.

153. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generating component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 143 to 152.

154. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by said one or more processors, said one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 143 to 152.

155. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising:

153. A computer system comprising means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 143 to 152.

156. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generating component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, a three-dimensional environment including a first region including a cursor; detecting a first movement of a discrete portion of a user of the computer system via the one or more input devices; in response to detecting the first movement of the discrete portion of the user, moving the cursor in accordance with the first movement of the discrete portion of the user while constraining movement of the cursor to the first region in accordance with a determination that the attention of the user is directed to the first region of the three-dimensional environment when the first movement of the discrete portion of the user is detected; a non-transitory computer-readable storage medium comprising instructions for displaying the cursor at a location within the second region and outside the first region in accordance with a determination that one or more criteria are met, including a criterion that is met based on the user's attention being directed to a second region of the three-dimensional environment that is different from the first region of the three-dimensional environment, when the first movement of the individual portion of the user is detected.

157. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, a three-dimensional environment including a first region including a cursor; detecting a first movement of a discrete portion of a user of the computer system via the one or more input devices; in response to detecting the first movement of the discrete portion of the user, moving the cursor in accordance with the first movement of the discrete portion of the user while constraining movement of the cursor to the first region in accordance with a determination that the attention of the user is directed to the first region of the three-dimensional environment when the first movement of the discrete portion of the user is detected; a display unit configured to display the cursor at a location within the second region and outside the first region in accordance with a determination that one or more criteria are met when the first movement of the individual portion of the user is detected, the display unit including a criterion that is met based on the user's attention being directed to a second region of the three-dimensional environment that is different from the first region of the three-dimensional environment.

158. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: means for displaying, via said display generating component, a three-dimensional environment including a first region including a cursor; means for detecting a first movement of a discrete portion of a user of the computer system via the one or more input devices; in response to detecting the first movement of the discrete portion of the user, moving the cursor in accordance with the first movement of the discrete portion of the user while constraining movement of the cursor to the first region in accordance with a determination that the attention of the user is directed to the first region of the three-dimensional environment when the first movement of the discrete portion of the user is detected; means for displaying the cursor at a location within the second region and outside the first region in accordance with a determination that one or more criteria are met when the first movement of the discrete portion of the user is detected, the criteria being met based on the user's attention being directed to a second region of the three-dimensional environment that is different from the first region of the three-dimensional environment.

159. 1. A method comprising:

1. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, comprising: simultaneously displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface including a text entry field and a text entry element configured to input text into the text entry field; while simultaneously displaying the text entry elements and the user interface via the display generation component; receiving text entry input directed to the text entry element via the one or more input devices, the text entry input comprising speech input; and in response to receiving the text entry input, updating, via the display generation component, a display of the text entry element to include a text representation of the speech input without entering text into the text entry field.

160. the user interface is a user interface of an application, the text entry field is a text entry field of the application, and the text entry element is a system user interface element; 160. The method of claim 159, wherein while the computer system displays the text representation of the speech input included in the text entry element without entering the text into the text entry field, the application does not have access to the text representation of the speech input.

161. the user interface being a user interface of a first application, the text entry field being a text entry field of the first application, and the method comprising: simultaneously displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface of the second application, different from the first application, including a second text entry field of the second application, and the text entry element, the text entry element configured to enter text into the second text entry field; while simultaneously displaying the text entry elements and the user interface via the display generation component; receiving a second text entry input directed to the text entry element via the one or more input devices, the second text entry input comprising a second speech input; 161. The method of claim 159 or 160, further comprising, in response to receiving the second text entry input, updating, via the display generation component, a display of the text entry element to include a textual representation of the second speech input without entering text into the second text entry field.

162. 162. A method according to any one of claims 159 to 161, wherein the computer system, via the display generation component, displays the user interface and the text entry element within an environment, and wherein simultaneously displaying the user interface and the text entry element includes displaying, via the display generation component, the text entry element between the text entry field of the user interface and a viewpoint of a user of the computer system within the environment.

163. updating the display of the text entry element to include the text representation of the speech input, in response to detecting a first portion of the speech input corresponding to a first amount of text, displaying, via the display generation component, the text entry element at a first size in accordance with the first amount of text; 163. The method of any one of claims 159 to 162, comprising: in response to detecting the first portion of the speech input and a second portion of the speech input corresponding to a second amount of text different from the first amount of text, displaying, via the display generation component, the text entry element at a second size different from the first size in accordance with the second amount of text.

164. updating the display of the text entry element to include the text representation of the speech input, in response to detecting the first portion of the speech input, displaying the text entry element at a predetermined fourth size including displaying the text entry element within the boundaries of the text entry field in accordance with a determination that the first amount of text corresponds to displaying the text entry element at a third size including displaying the text entry element beyond the boundaries of the text entry field; and in response to detecting the first and second portions of the speech input, displaying the text entry element at the predetermined fourth size within the boundaries of the text entry field in accordance with a determination that the second amount of text corresponds to displaying the text entry element at a fifth size that includes displaying the text entry element beyond the boundaries of the text entry field.

165. responsive to receiving the text entry input, detecting, while displaying the text representation of the speech input within the text entry element, that a user of the computer system has ceased providing the text entry input via the one or more input devices; 165. The method of any one of claims 159 to 164, further comprising: in response to detecting that the user has ceased providing the text entry input, entering the text representation of the speech input into the text entry field.

166. While displaying the text entry element including the text representation of the speech input, entering the text representation of the speech input into the text entry field in accordance with a determination that one or more criteria are satisfied, including a criterion that is satisfied in response to detecting a text commit input via the one or more input devices; 166. The method of any one of claims 159 to 165, further comprising: discontinuing entering the text representation of the speech input into the text entry field in accordance with a determination that the one or more criteria have not been met.

167. 167. The method of claim 166, wherein detecting the commit input comprises detecting the user's attention directed to the textual representation of the speech input in the text entry element.

168. 168. The method of claim 166 or 167, wherein detecting the commit input comprises detecting a second speech input that satisfies one or more second criteria.

169. displaying, via the display generation component, text entry options while simultaneously displaying the text entry elements and the user interface; 169. The method of claim 168, wherein the one or more second criteria include a criterion that is met when the computer system detects the user's attention directed toward the text entry option via the one or more input devices while detecting the second speech input.

170. 170. The method of any one of claims 166 to 169, further comprising ceasing display of the textual representation of the speech input in the text entry element in accordance with the determination that the one or more criteria have not been met.

171. the user interface is a user interface of an application, and the text entry field is a text entry field of the application; entering the text representation of the speech input into the text entry field includes providing the application with access to the text representation of the speech input; 171. The method of any one of claims 166 to 170, wherein ceasing to enter the text representation of the speech input into the text entry field comprises ceasing to provide the application with access to the text representation of the speech input.

172. while simultaneously displaying the user interface including the text entry field and the text entry element, in accordance with a determination that one or more criteria are satisfied, displaying, via the display generation component, a visual indication that the computer system is configured to input text in response to the speech input; 172. The method of any one of claims 159 to 171, further comprising: discontinuing display of the visual indication that the computer system is configured to input the text in response to the speech input in accordance with a determination that the one or more criteria are not met.

173. 173. The method of claim 172, wherein the one or more criteria include a criterion that is satisfied in response to detecting an input state corresponding to a user of the computer system intending to dictate text to be entered into the text entry field.

174. 174. The method of claim 173, wherein detecting the input state includes detecting attention of the user of the computer system directed to the visual indication that the computer system is configured to input the text in response to the speech input.

175. 175. The method of any one of claims 172 to 174, wherein the visual indication is a visual characteristic having a value that changes over time in accordance with changes in characteristics of the speech input.

176. 176. The method of any one of claims 159 to 175, wherein displaying the text entry element comprises displaying at least a portion of the text entry element at least partially translucently.

177. Displaying the text representation of the speech input within the text entry element includes: displaying a cursor at a predefined location relative to the text representation of the speech input; displaying the cursor at a first location within the text entry element in response to receiving a first portion of the text entry input; and in response to receiving the first portion of the text entry input and a second portion of the text entry input, displaying the cursor at a second location within the text entry element that is different from the first location.

178. 178. The method of claim 177, wherein displaying the cursor includes displaying the cursor with a visual indication that the computer system is configured to enter text into the text entry element in response to receiving the speech input.

179. 179. The method of claim 178, wherein the visual indication is an animated visual characteristic having a value that changes over time according to a characteristic of the speech input.

180. while displaying the user interface including the text entry field without displaying the text entry element; detecting, via the one or more input devices, that a user of the computer system has directed their attention to the text entry field and that one or more criteria have been met; and, in response to detecting that the user's attention has been directed to the text entry field and that one or more criteria have been met, simultaneously displaying, via the display generation component, the text entry element and the user interface. While simultaneously displaying the text entry element and the user interface, in response to receiving the text entry input, ceasing to update a display of the text entry element to include the text representation of the speech input in accordance with a determination that the attention of the user was not directed to the text entry element while the text entry input was detected; 180. The method of any one of claims 159 to 179, wherein in response to receiving the text entry input, updating the display of the text entry element to include the text representation of the speech input without entering text into the text entry field is subject to a determination that the attention of the user was directed to the text entry element while the text entry input was detected.

181. while displaying the user interface including the text entry field without displaying the text entry element; detecting, via the one or more input devices, that the attention of a user of the computer system is directed to the text entry field and that one or more criteria are met; responsive to detecting that the user's attention is directed to the text entry field and that the one or more criteria are met, simultaneously displaying, via the display generation component, the text entry element and the user interface; detecting, while simultaneously displaying the text entry element and the user interface, that the user's attention is directed away from the text entry field and one or more second criteria are met; 181. The method of any one of claims 159 to 180, further comprising: ceasing display of the text entry element in response to detecting that the user's attention is directed away from the text entry field and the one or more second criteria are met.

182. in response to detecting the text entry input, detecting that the user's attention is directed away from the text entry field while displaying the text representation of the speech input within the text entry element and the one or more second criteria are met; 182. The method of claim 181, further comprising: in response to detecting that the user's attention is directed away from the text entry field and the one or more second criteria are met, ceasing to display the text entry element and the text representation of the speech input without entering the text into the text entry field.

183. simultaneously displaying, via the display generation component, the user interface including the text entry field and a soft keyboard including a text dictation element; while simultaneously displaying the user interface and the soft keyboard via the display generation component; receiving a second text entry input directed to the dictation element via the one or more input devices, the second text entry input comprising a second speech input; displaying, via the display generation component, a text representation of the second speech input in response to receiving the second text entry input; receiving, while displaying the user interface including the text entry field without displaying the soft keyboard and without displaying the text entry element, input via the one or more input devices corresponding to a request to dictate text into the text entry field; 182. The method of any one of claims 159 to 181, wherein simultaneously displaying the user interface and the text entry element occurs in response to an input corresponding to the request to dictate the text into the text entry field, and simultaneously displaying the user interface and the text entry element occurs without displaying the soft keyboard.

184. while simultaneously displaying, via the display generation component, the text entry field having the text representation of the speech input and the user interface that does not display the soft keyboard; detecting, via the one or more input devices, that one or more criteria are met, including a criterion that is met when the attention of the user of the computer system is directed away from the text entry field; ceasing display of the textual representation of the speech input in response to detecting that the one or more criteria are met; and while simultaneously displaying via the display generation component the soft keyboard, the user interface, and the textual representation of the second speech input. Detecting, via the one or more input devices, that the one or more criteria are met; and 184. The method of claim 183, further comprising: in response to detecting that the one or more criteria are met, maintaining a display of the textual representation of the second speech input.

185. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generating component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 159 to 184.

186. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 159 to 184.

187. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising:

185. A computer system comprising means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 159 to 184.

188. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generating component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs comprising: simultaneously displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface including a text entry field and a text entry element configured to input text into the text entry field; while simultaneously displaying the text entry elements and the user interface via the display generation component; receiving text entry input directed to the text entry element via the one or more input devices, the text entry input including speech input; a display generating component that, in response to receiving the text entry input, updates a display of the text entry element to include a text representation of the speech input without entering text into the text entry field;

189. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs comprising: simultaneously displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface including a text entry field and a text entry element configured to input text into the text entry field; while simultaneously displaying the text entry elements and the user interface via the display generation component; receiving text entry input directed to the text entry element via the one or more input devices, the text entry input including speech input; and instructions for, in response to receiving the text entry input, updating, via the display generation component, a display of the text entry element to include a text representation of the speech input without entering text into the text entry field.

190. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: means for simultaneously displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface including a text entry field and a text entry element configured to input text into the text entry field; while simultaneously displaying the text entry elements and the user interface via the display generation component; receiving text entry input directed to the text entry element via the one or more input devices, the text entry input including speech input; means for updating, in response to receiving the text entry input, via the display generation component, a display of the text entry element to include a text representation of the speech input without entering text into the text entry field.

191. 1. A method comprising:

1. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, comprising: simultaneously displaying, via the display generation component, a soft keyboard including a plurality of keys and a user interface element including a representation of text, the representation of text corresponding to text included in a text entry field; While displaying the soft keyboard and the user interface elements, receiving a selection input via the one or more input devices; In response to receiving the selection input, in response to a determination that the selection input includes the user's attention directed to a first key of the plurality of keys of the soft keyboard; updating, via the display generation component, a display of the representation of the text to include a first character corresponding to the first key; in response to a determination that the selection input includes the user's attention directed to a second key of the plurality of keys of the soft keyboard that is different from the first key; updating, via the display generation component, a display of the representation of the text to include a second character corresponding to the second key, the second character being different from the first character; in response to a determination that the selection input includes the attention of the user directed to a portion of the user interface element, and updating a display of the representation of the text via the display generation component to remove one or more characters from the representation of the text.

192. 202. The method of claim 191, wherein the portion of the user interface element is an end of the representation of the text.

193. 193. A method according to claim 191 or 192, wherein the user interface element includes a cursor displayed in association with the representation of the text, and the part of the user interface element is the cursor.

194. detecting, via the one or more input devices, that the attention of the user is directed to the portion of the user interface element prior to receiving the selection input; 194. The method of any one of claims 191 to 193, further comprising, in response to detecting that the user's attention is directed to the portion of the user interface element, displaying, via the display generation component, a visual indication indicating that selection of the portion of the user interface element will cause the one or more characters to be deleted from the representation of the text.

195. in response to receiving the selection input, in accordance with a determination that the selection input includes the user's attention directed to a delete key included in the plurality of keys of the soft keyboard; 195. The method of any one of claims 191 to 194, further comprising: updating a display of the representation of the text via the display generation component to remove the one or more characters from the representation of the text.

196. in response to receiving the selection input, after updating a display of the representation of the text to remove one or more characters from the representation of the text in accordance with the determination that the selection input includes the user's attention directed to a portion of the user interface element, receiving a second selection input via the one or more input devices, the second selection input including the user's attention directed to the portion of the user interface element; 196. The method of any one of claims 191 to 195, further comprising, in response to receiving the second selection input, updating, via the display generation component, a display of the representation of the text to remove one or more additional characters from the representation of the text.

197. 197. The method of any one of claims 191 to 196, further comprising, in response to receiving the selection input, ceasing display of the representation of the text via the display generation component in accordance with a determination that the selection input includes the user's attention being directed away from the soft keyboard.

198. 200. The method of claim 197, further comprising ceasing display of the soft keyboard via the display generation component in response to receiving the selection input in accordance with a determination that the selection input includes the user's attention directed to a portion of a user interface that does not include a text entry field, the user interface including the text entry field.

199. 206. The method of claim 197 or 198, further comprising: in response to receiving the selection input, ceasing, via the display generation component, display of the representation of the text while maintaining, via the display generation component, display of the soft keyboard in accordance with a determination that the selection input includes the user's attention directed to a second text entry field.

200. updating a display of the representation of the text to include the first character corresponding to the first key includes scrolling the representation of the text in accordance with a determination that a space between the representation of the text and a predefined boundary within the user interface element is insufficient to display the first character; 200. The method of any one of claims 191 to 199, wherein updating the display of the representation of the text to include the second character corresponding to the second key comprises scrolling the representation of the text in accordance with a determination that the space between the representation of the text and the default boundary within the user interface element is insufficient to display the second character.

201. While displaying the soft keyboard, the user interface elements, and the text contained in the text entry field, receiving a second input via the one or more input devices corresponding to a request to select a portion of the text to be included in the text entry field; In response to receiving the second input, updating a display of the portion of text included in the text entry field to be displayed with a first visual characteristic having a first value, where prior to detecting the second input, the portion of text included in the text entry field was displayed with the first visual characteristic having a second value different from the first value; and updating a display of a portion of the representation of the text corresponding to the portion of the text included in the text entry field to be displayed with a second visual characteristic having a third value, wherein prior to detecting the second input, the portion of the representation of the text was displayed with the second visual characteristic having a fourth value different from the third value.

202. 202. The method of any one of claims 191 to 201, wherein displaying the representation of the text comprises displaying a portion of the representation of text that is within a threshold distance of a boundary of the user interface element having a visual characteristic with a first value, and displaying a portion of the representation of text that is further than the threshold distance from the boundary of the user interface element having the visual characteristic with a second value different from the first value.

203. Displaying the representation of the text includes: displaying the portion of the text that is within the threshold distance of the boundary of the user interface element along with a visual indication that it is currently selected in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text that is within the threshold distance of the boundary of the user interface element is currently selected, the visual indication being displayed with the visual characteristic having the first value; 203. The method of claim 202, further comprising: in accordance with a determination that the portion of the text that is farther than the threshold distance from the boundary of the user interface element is currently selected, displaying the portion of the text that is farther than the threshold distance from the boundary of the user interface element along with the visual indication that it is currently selected, wherein the visual indication is displayed with the visual characteristic having the second value.

204. 204. The method of any one of claims 191 to 203, wherein displaying the representation of the text comprises displaying a portion of the representation of the text having a first orientation relative to an insertion marker included in the user interface element with visual characteristics having a first value, and displaying a portion of the representation of the text having a second orientation relative to the insertion marker with the visual characteristics having a second value different from the first value.

205. receiving text entry input via the one or more input devices, the text entry input including speech input and the user's attention directed to the text or the representation of the text entry field; in response to receiving the text entry input, updating, via the display generation component, a display of the representation of the text to include a first textual representation of the speech input; 205. The method of any one of claims 191 to 204, further comprising: updating, via the display generation component, a display of the text contained in the text entry field to include a second textual representation of the speech input.

206. receiving text entry input, including speech input, via the one or more input devices; in response to receiving the text entry input, in response to a determination that the text entry input includes the user's attention directed to the text entry field, updating, via the display generation component, a display of the representation of the text to include a first textual representation of the speech input; updating, via the display generation component, a display of the text contained in the text entry field to include a second textual representation of the speech input; and in response to a determination that the text entry input includes the attention of the user directed to the representation of the text, ceasing to update, via the display generation component, the display of the representation of the text to include the first textual representation of the speech input; and 206. The method of any one of claims 191 to 205, further comprising: via the display generation component ceasing to update a display of the text contained in the text entry field to include the second text representation of the speech input.

207. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generating component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 191 to 206.

208. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 191 to 206.

209. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising:

207. A computer system comprising means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 191 to 206.

210. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generating component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs comprising: simultaneously displaying, via the display generation component, a soft keyboard including a plurality of keys and a user interface element including a representation of text, the representation of text corresponding to text included in a text entry field; While displaying the soft keyboard and the user interface elements, receiving a selection input via the one or more input devices; In response to receiving the selection input, in response to a determination that the selection input includes the user's attention directed to a first key of the plurality of keys of the soft keyboard; updating, via the display generation component, a display of the representation of the text to include a first character corresponding to the first key; in response to a determination that the selection input includes the user's attention directed to a second key of the plurality of keys of the soft keyboard that is different from the first key; updating, via the display generation component, a display of the representation of the text to include a second character corresponding to the second key, the second character being different from the first character; in response to a determination that the selection input includes the attention of the user directed to a portion of the user interface element, 23. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium comprising instructions for updating, via the display generation component, a display of the representation of the text to remove one or more characters from the representation of the text.

211. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs comprising: simultaneously displaying, via the display generation component, a soft keyboard including a plurality of keys and a user interface element including a representation of text, the representation of text corresponding to text included in a text entry field; While displaying the soft keyboard and the user interface elements, receiving a selection input via the one or more input devices; In response to receiving the selection input, in response to a determination that the selection input includes the user's attention directed to a first key of the plurality of keys of the soft keyboard; updating, via the display generation component, a display of the representation of the text to include a first character corresponding to the first key; in response to a determination that the selection input includes the user's attention directed to a second key of the plurality of keys of the soft keyboard that is different from the first key; updating, via the display generation component, a display of the representation of the text to include a second character corresponding to the second key, the second character being different from the first character; in response to a determination that the selection input includes the attention of the user directed to a portion of the user interface element, and instructions for updating, via the display generation component, a display of the representation of the text to remove one or more characters from the representation of the text.

212. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: means for simultaneously displaying, via the display generation component, a soft keyboard including a plurality of keys and a user interface element including a representation of text, the representation of text corresponding to text included in a text entry field; While displaying the soft keyboard and the user interface elements, receiving a selection input via the one or more input devices; In response to receiving the selection input, in response to a determination that the selection input includes the user's attention directed to a first key of the plurality of keys of the soft keyboard; updating, via the display generation component, a display of the representation of the text to include a first character corresponding to the first key; in response to a determination that the selection input includes the user's attention directed to a second key of the plurality of keys of the soft keyboard that is different from the first key; updating, via the display generation component, a display of the representation of the text to include a second character corresponding to the second key, the second character being different from the first character; in response to a determination that the selection input includes the attention of the user directed to a portion of the user interface element, means for updating a display of the representation of the text via the display generation component to remove one or more characters from the representation of the text.

213. 1. A method comprising:

1. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, comprising: displaying, via the display generation component, a user interface element including a text entry field within the environment; pursuant to determining that a hardware input device of the one or more input devices has a first location relative to the environment, the user interface element is displayed at a second location within the environment having a first spatial relationship to the hardware input device; pursuant to a determination that the hardware input device has a third location relative to the environment that is different from the first location relative to the environment, the user interface element is displayed at a fourth location within the environment having the first spatial relationship to the hardware input device; while displaying the user interface element within the environment in the first spatial relationship relative to the hardware input device; receiving text entry input via the hardware input device; in response to receiving the text entry input, updating the text entry field to include text corresponding to the text entry input.

214. Displaying the user interface element including the text entry field includes displaying selectable options included in the user interface element, the method comprising: receiving, via the one or more input devices, an input corresponding to a selection of the selectable option; 214. The method of claim 213, further comprising: in response to receiving the input corresponding to a selection of the selectable option, performing an action according to the selectable option.

215. the selectable option includes an indication of a first text; 215. The method of claim 214, wherein performing the action according to the selectable option includes updating the text entry field to include the first text.

216. Performing the action according to the selectable option includes configuring the computer system to accept dictation input directed to the text entry field, the method comprising: receiving speech input via the one or more input devices; In response to receiving the speech input, updating the text entry field to include a text representation of the speech input in accordance with a determination that the computer system is configured to accept the dictation input directed to the text entry field; 215. The method of claim 214, further comprising: discontinuing updating the text entry field to include the text representation of the speech input in accordance with a determination that the computer system is not configured to accept the dictation input directed to a text entry field.

217. 215. The method of claim 214, wherein performing the action according to the selectable option includes displaying, via the display generation component, a soft keyboard within the environment.

218. 218. The method of any one of claims 214 to 217, wherein receiving the input corresponding to a selection of the selectable option comprises detecting, via the one or more input devices, that a predefined portion of the user is performing a predefined gesture while the predefined portion of the user is within a threshold distance of a location corresponding to the selectable option.

219. 218. The method of any one of claims 214 to 217, wherein receiving the input corresponding to a selection of the selectable option comprises detecting, via the one or more input devices, that a predefined portion of the user performs a predefined gesture while the attention of the user of the computer system is directed to the selectable option and the predefined portion of the user is more than a threshold distance away from a location corresponding to the selectable option.

220. receiving, via the one or more input devices, a selection input including a predefined portion of the user of the computer system performing a predefined gesture while the predefined portion is more than a threshold distance from a location corresponding to the selectable option while the attention of the user of the computer system is directed to the selectable option; In response to receiving the selection input, performing the action in accordance with the selectable option in response to a determination that the selection input was received while the hardware input device did not detect input; 220. The method of any one of claims 214 to 219, further comprising: discontinuing performing the action in accordance with the selectable option in accordance with a determination that the selection input was received while the hardware input device was detecting the input.

221. 221. The method of any one of claims 214 to 220, wherein receiving the input corresponding to selection of the selectable option comprises detecting activation of an element of the hardware input device while the user's attention is directed to the selectable option.

222. 222. The method of any one of claims 213 to 221, wherein a surface of the hardware input device has a first orientation relative to a viewpoint of a user of the computer system within the environment, and displaying the user interface element within the environment includes displaying the user interface element having an orientation angle relative to the viewpoint, and the second orientation is different from the first orientation.

223. displaying the user interface element in response to determining that the hardware input device has been detected within a predefined area of ​​the environment and that the hardware input device is in communication with the computer system via the one or more input devices; 223. The method of any one of claims 213 to 222, further comprising ceasing to display the user interface element following failure to detect the hardware input device in communication with the computer system within the predetermined area of ​​the environment via the one or more input devices.

224. displaying a visual indication of a status of the hardware input device; In accordance with the determination that the hardware input device has the first location relative to the environment, the visual indication is displayed at a fifth location within the environment having a second spatial relationship to the hardware input device; 224. The method of any one of claims 213 to 223, wherein in accordance with the determination that the hardware input device has the third location relative to the environment, the visual indication is displayed at a sixth location within the environment having the second spatial relationship to the hardware input device, the sixth location being different from the fifth location.

225. while the hardware input device has a sixth location relative to the environment, the fifth location having the first spatial relationship relative to the hardware input device, while displaying, via the display generation component, the user interface element at a fifth location within the environment from a first perspective of a user of the computer system; Detecting a movement of the user's viewpoint from the first viewpoint to a second viewpoint different from the first viewpoint; In response to detecting the movement of the user's viewpoint from the first viewpoint to the second viewpoint, 225. The method of any one of claims 213 to 224, further comprising: maintaining, via the display generation component, a display of the user interface element at the fifth location within the environment in accordance with a determination that the hardware input device has the sixth location relative to the environment.

226. while displaying the user interface element including the text entry field, displaying via the display generation component a user interface including a second text entry field having a current focus of the hardware input device; 226. The method of any one of claims 213 to 225, further comprising, in response to receiving the text entry input, updating the second text entry field to include the text corresponding to the text entry input.

227. displaying the user interface element at a fifth location within the environment via the display generation component, and while displaying the user interface including the second text entry field; receiving an input via the one or more input devices corresponding to a request to update a location of the user interface including the second text entry field; 227. The method of claim 226, further comprising: in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to update the location of the user interface including the second text entry field, updating a location of the user interface including the second text entry field while maintaining a display of the user interface element at the fifth location within the environment.

228. while displaying the user interface element at a fifth location within the environment via the display generation component and while the second text entry field has the current focus of the hardware input device; receiving input via the one or more input devices corresponding to a request to update the current focus of the hardware input device from the second text entry field to a third text entry field; 228. The method of claim 226 or 227, further comprising: in response to receiving the input corresponding to the request to update the current focus of the hardware input device from the second text entry field to the third text entry field, while maintaining the display of the user interface element at the fifth location, updating the current focus of the hardware input device from the second text entry field to the third text entry field.

229. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generating component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 213 to 228.

230. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs including instructions for performing the method of any one of claims 213 to 228.

231. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising:

229. A computer system comprising means for carrying out the method of any one of claims 213 to 228.

232. 1. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium storing one or more programs configured to be executed by one or more processors of a computer system in communication with a display generating component and one or more input devices, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via said display generation component, a user interface element including a text entry field within the environment; pursuant to determining that a hardware input device of the one or more input devices has a first location relative to the environment, the user interface element is displayed at a second location within the environment having a first spatial relationship to the hardware input device; pursuant to a determination that the hardware input device has a third location relative to the environment that is different from the first location relative to the environment, the user interface element is displayed at a fourth location within the environment having the first spatial relationship to the hardware input device; while displaying the user interface element within the environment in the first spatial relationship relative to the hardware input device; receiving text entry input via the hardware input device; in response to receiving the text entry input, 23. A non-transitory computer-readable storage medium comprising instructions for updating the text entry field to include text corresponding to the text entry input.

233. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: one or more processors; and a memory storing one or more programs configured to be executed by the one or more processors, the one or more programs comprising: displaying, via said display generation component, a user interface element including a text entry field within the environment; pursuant to determining that a hardware input device of the one or more input devices has a first location relative to the environment, the user interface element is displayed at a second location within the environment having a first spatial relationship to the hardware input device; pursuant to a determination that the hardware input device has a third location relative to the environment that is different from the first location relative to the environment, the user interface element is displayed at a fourth location within the environment having the first spatial relationship to the hardware input device; while displaying the user interface element within the environment in the first spatial relationship relative to the hardware input device; receiving text entry input via the hardware input device; in response to receiving the text entry input, updating the text entry field to include text corresponding to the text entry input.

234. A computer system in communication with a display generation component and one or more input devices, the computer system comprising: means for displaying user interface elements, including a text entry field, within an environment via said display generation component, said means comprising: pursuant to determining that a hardware input device of the one or more input devices has a first location relative to the environment, the user interface element is displayed at a second location within the environment having a first spatial relationship to the hardware input device; pursuant to a determination that the hardware input device has a third location relative to the environment that is different from the first location relative to the environment, the user interface element is displayed at a fourth location within the environment having the first spatial relationship to the hardware input device; while displaying the user interface element within the environment in the first spatial relationship relative to the hardware input device; receiving text entry input via the hardware input device; in response to receiving the text entry input, means for updating the text entry field to include text corresponding to the text entry input.

Images